summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp')
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp8092
1 files changed, 8092 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp b/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9aae9289b514
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,8092 @@
+//===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+///
+/// \file
+/// Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
+///
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
+#include "TreeTransform.h"
+#include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
+#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
+#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
+#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
+#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/AlignedAllocation.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
+#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+using namespace clang;
+using namespace sema;
+
+/// Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
+/// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as
+/// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the
+/// name of the corresponding type.
+ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+ SourceLocation NameLoc,
+ IdentifierInfo &Name) {
+ NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
+
+ // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type.
+ QualType Type;
+ switch (NNS->getKind()) {
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
+ Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
+ break;
+
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
+ // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a
+ // typename type for it.
+ assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name");
+ Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(),
+ NNS->getAsIdentifier());
+ break;
+
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
+ llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor");
+ }
+
+ // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the
+ // final identifier in the qualified-id.
+ return CreateParsedType(Type,
+ Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc));
+}
+
+ParsedType Sema::getConstructorName(IdentifierInfo &II,
+ SourceLocation NameLoc,
+ Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+ bool EnteringContext) {
+ CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = getCurrentClass(S, &SS);
+ assert(CurClass && &II == CurClass->getIdentifier() &&
+ "not a constructor name");
+
+ // When naming a constructor as a member of a dependent context (eg, in a
+ // friend declaration or an inherited constructor declaration), form an
+ // unresolved "typename" type.
+ if (CurClass->isDependentContext() && !EnteringContext && SS.getScopeRep()) {
+ QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, SS.getScopeRep(), &II);
+ return ParsedType::make(T);
+ }
+
+ if (SS.isNotEmpty() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, CurClass))
+ return ParsedType();
+
+ // Find the injected-class-name declaration. Note that we make no attempt to
+ // diagnose cases where the injected-class-name is shadowed: the only
+ // declaration that can validly shadow the injected-class-name is a
+ // non-static data member, and if the class contains both a non-static data
+ // member and a constructor then it is ill-formed (we check that in
+ // CheckCompletedCXXClass).
+ CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = nullptr;
+ for (NamedDecl *ND : CurClass->lookup(&II)) {
+ auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND);
+ if (RD && RD->isInjectedClassName()) {
+ InjectedClassName = RD;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!InjectedClassName) {
+ if (!CurClass->isInvalidDecl()) {
+ // FIXME: RequireCompleteDeclContext doesn't check dependent contexts
+ // properly. Work around it here for now.
+ Diag(SS.getLastQualifierNameLoc(),
+ diag::err_incomplete_nested_name_spec) << CurClass << SS.getRange();
+ }
+ return ParsedType();
+ }
+
+ QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName);
+ DiagnoseUseOfDecl(InjectedClassName, NameLoc);
+ MarkAnyDeclReferenced(NameLoc, InjectedClassName, /*OdrUse=*/false);
+
+ return ParsedType::make(T);
+}
+
+ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
+ IdentifierInfo &II,
+ SourceLocation NameLoc,
+ Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+ ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
+ bool EnteringContext) {
+ // Determine where to perform name lookup.
+
+ // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
+ // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
+ // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
+ // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
+ // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
+ // this appears to be ill-formed:
+ //
+ // namespace N {
+ // template <typename T> struct S {
+ // ~S();
+ // };
+ // }
+ //
+ // void f(N::S<int>* s) {
+ // s->N::S<int>::~S();
+ // }
+ //
+ // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
+ // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
+ // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
+ QualType SearchType;
+ DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
+ bool isDependent = false;
+ bool LookInScope = false;
+
+ if (SS.isInvalid())
+ return nullptr;
+
+ // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
+ // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
+ // we know what type we're looking for.
+ if (ObjectTypePtr)
+ SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);
+
+ if (SS.isSet()) {
+ NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
+
+ bool AlreadySearched = false;
+ bool LookAtPrefix = true;
+ // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
+ // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
+ // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
+ // nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form:
+ //
+ // nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name
+ //
+ // the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first.
+ //
+ // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the
+ // prefix of the nested-name-specifier.
+ DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
+ if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
+ AlreadySearched = true;
+ LookupCtx = DC;
+ isDependent = false;
+ } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
+ LookAtPrefix = false;
+ LookInScope = true;
+ }
+
+ // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
+ NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr;
+ if (AlreadySearched) {
+ // Nothing left to do.
+ } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
+ CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
+ PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
+ LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
+ isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
+ } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
+ LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
+ isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
+ } else {
+ LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
+ isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
+ }
+ } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
+ // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
+ // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
+ // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
+ // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
+ // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
+ // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
+ // cv-qualified) T.
+ LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
+ isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
+ assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
+ "Caller should have completed object type");
+
+ LookInScope = true;
+ } else {
+ // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
+ LookInScope = true;
+ }
+
+ TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr;
+ LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
+ for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
+ // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
+ // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
+ // we're allowed to look there).
+ Found.clear();
+ if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) {
+ if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, LookupCtx))
+ return nullptr;
+ LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
+ } else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) {
+ LookupName(Found, S);
+ } else {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
+ if (Found.isAmbiguous())
+ return nullptr;
+
+ if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
+ QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
+ MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
+
+ if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
+ Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
+ // We found our type!
+
+ return CreateParsedType(T,
+ Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc));
+ }
+
+ if (!SearchType.isNull())
+ NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
+ }
+
+ // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
+ // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
+ // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
+ // this is the destructor for that class.
+ // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
+ // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
+ if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
+ QualType MemberOfType;
+ if (SS.isSet()) {
+ if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
+ // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
+ if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
+ MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
+ }
+ }
+ if (MemberOfType.isNull())
+ MemberOfType = SearchType;
+
+ if (MemberOfType.isNull())
+ continue;
+
+ // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
+ // class template we found is the same as the template being
+ // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
+ if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
+ if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
+ = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
+ if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
+ Template->getCanonicalDecl())
+ return CreateParsedType(
+ MemberOfType,
+ Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
+ }
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // We're referring to an unresolved class template
+ // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
+ // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
+ // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
+ // has the same name.
+ if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
+ = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
+ TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();
+
+ // The class template we found is the same template being
+ // specialized.
+ if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
+ if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
+ return CreateParsedType(
+ MemberOfType,
+ Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // The class template we found has the same name as the
+ // (dependent) template name being specialized.
+ if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
+ = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
+ if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
+ DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
+ return CreateParsedType(
+ MemberOfType,
+ Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
+
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (isDependent) {
+ // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
+ // anyway.
+
+ // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
+ QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
+ SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
+ II, NameLoc);
+ return ParsedType::make(T);
+ }
+
+ if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
+ QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
+ Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
+ << T << SearchType;
+ Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
+ << T;
+ } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
+ Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
+ << &II;
+ else {
+ SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc,
+ diag::err_destructor_class_name);
+ if (S) {
+ const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
+ if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
+ DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
+ Class->getNameAsString());
+ }
+ }
+
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+ParsedType Sema::getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS,
+ ParsedType ObjectType) {
+ if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype_auto) {
+ Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_decltype_auto_invalid);
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype &&
+ "unexpected type in getDestructorType");
+ QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
+
+ // If we know the type of the object, check that the correct destructor
+ // type was named now; we can give better diagnostics this way.
+ QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
+ if (!SearchType.isNull() && !SearchType->isDependentType() &&
+ !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
+ Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
+ << T << SearchType;
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ return ParsedType::make(T);
+}
+
+bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+ const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
+ assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId);
+
+ if (!SS.isValid())
+ return false;
+
+ switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) {
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
+ // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at
+ // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything.
+ // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the
+ // case where the scope is dependent.
+ Diag(Name.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace)
+ << SS.getScopeRep();
+ return true;
+
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
+ case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind");
+}
+
+/// Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
+ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
+ SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
+ TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
+ SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
+ // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
+ // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
+ // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
+ // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
+ // type, the class shall be completely-defined.
+ Qualifiers Quals;
+ QualType T
+ = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
+ Quals);
+ if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
+ RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ if (T->isVariablyModifiedType())
+ return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T);
+
+ if (CheckQualifiedFunctionForTypeId(T, TypeidLoc))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
+ SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
+}
+
+/// Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
+ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
+ SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
+ Expr *E,
+ SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
+ bool WasEvaluated = false;
+ if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
+ if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
+ ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
+ if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
+ E = result.get();
+ }
+
+ QualType T = E->getType();
+ if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
+ CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
+ // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
+ // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
+ // shall be completely-defined.
+ if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
+ // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
+ // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
+ // operand. [...]
+ if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) {
+ // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context
+ // and recheck the subexpression.
+ ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
+ if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
+ E = Result.get();
+
+ // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
+ MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
+ WasEvaluated = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ExprResult Result = CheckUnevaluatedOperand(E);
+ if (Result.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+ E = Result.get();
+
+ // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
+ // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
+ // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
+ // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
+ // type.
+ Qualifiers Quals;
+ QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
+ if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
+ T = UnqualT;
+ E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
+ return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid)
+ << E->getType());
+ else if (!inTemplateInstantiation() &&
+ E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) {
+ // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression
+ // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
+ Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated
+ ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid
+ : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
+ }
+
+ return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
+ SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
+}
+
+/// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
+ExprResult
+Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+ bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
+ // typeid is not supported in OpenCL.
+ if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
+ return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported)
+ << "typeid");
+ }
+
+ // Find the std::type_info type.
+ if (!getStdNamespace())
+ return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
+
+ if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
+ IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
+ LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
+ LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
+ CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
+ // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global
+ // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153.
+ if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) {
+ LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
+ CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
+ }
+ if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
+ return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
+ }
+
+ if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) {
+ return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti));
+ }
+
+ QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
+
+ if (isType) {
+ // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
+ TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
+ QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
+ &TInfo);
+ if (T.isNull())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ if (!TInfo)
+ TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
+
+ return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
+ }
+
+ // The operand is an expression.
+ return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
+}
+
+/// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to
+/// a single GUID.
+static void
+getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT,
+ llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) {
+ // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection.
+ const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr();
+ if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType())
+ Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
+ else if (QT->isArrayType())
+ Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
+
+ const auto *TD = Ty->getAsTagDecl();
+ if (!TD)
+ return;
+
+ if (const auto *Uuid = TD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) {
+ UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments.
+ if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(TD)) {
+ const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs();
+ for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) {
+ const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr;
+ if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
+ getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs);
+ else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration)
+ getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs);
+
+ if (UuidForTA)
+ UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/// Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
+ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
+ SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
+ TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
+ SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
+ StringRef UuidStr;
+ if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
+ llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
+ getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs);
+ if (UuidAttrs.empty())
+ return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
+ if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
+ return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
+ UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
+ }
+
+ return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr,
+ SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
+}
+
+/// Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
+ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
+ SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
+ Expr *E,
+ SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
+ StringRef UuidStr;
+ if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
+ if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
+ UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000";
+ } else {
+ llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
+ getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs);
+ if (UuidAttrs.empty())
+ return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
+ if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
+ return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
+ UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
+ }
+ }
+
+ return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr,
+ SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
+}
+
+/// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
+ExprResult
+Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+ bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
+ // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
+ if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
+ IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
+ LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
+ LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
+ MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
+ if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
+ return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
+ }
+
+ QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);
+
+ if (isType) {
+ // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
+ TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
+ QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
+ &TInfo);
+ if (T.isNull())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ if (!TInfo)
+ TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
+
+ return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
+ }
+
+ // The operand is an expression.
+ return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
+}
+
+/// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
+ExprResult
+Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
+ assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
+ "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
+ return new (Context)
+ CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc);
+}
+
+/// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
+ExprResult
+Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
+ return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc);
+}
+
+/// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
+ExprResult
+Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
+ bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
+ if (Ex) {
+ // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
+ // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
+ // copy/move construction of a class object [...]
+ //
+ // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
+ // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
+ // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
+ // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
+ // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
+ // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
+ // exception object
+ if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
+ if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
+ if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
+ for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
+ if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
+ IsThrownVarInScope = true;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (S->getFlags() &
+ (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
+ Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
+ Scope::TryScope))
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
+}
+
+ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
+ bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
+ // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
+ if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions &&
+ !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc) && !getLangOpts().CUDA) {
+ // Delay error emission for the OpenMP device code.
+ targetDiag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
+ }
+
+ // Exceptions aren't allowed in CUDA device code.
+ if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
+ CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(OpLoc, diag::err_cuda_device_exceptions)
+ << "throw" << CurrentCUDATarget();
+
+ if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope())
+ Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw";
+
+ if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
+ QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType());
+ if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out
+ // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
+
+ // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
+ // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
+ // copy/move construction of a class object [...]
+ //
+ // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
+ // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or
+ // catch-clause
+ // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
+ // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
+ // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
+ // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
+ // exception object
+ const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr;
+ if (IsThrownVarInScope)
+ NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, CES_Strict);
+
+ InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException(
+ OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
+ /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr);
+ ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
+ Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
+ if (Res.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+ Ex = Res.get();
+ }
+
+ return new (Context)
+ CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope);
+}
+
+static void
+collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
+ llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen,
+ llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases,
+ llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen,
+ bool ParentIsPublic) {
+ for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) {
+ CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+ bool NewSubobject;
+ // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are
+ // always distinct subobjects.
+ if (BS.isVirtual())
+ NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second;
+ else
+ NewSubobject = true;
+
+ if (NewSubobject)
+ ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl];
+
+ // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain.
+ bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public;
+ if (PublicPath)
+ PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl);
+
+ // Recurse on to each base subobject.
+ collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
+ PublicPath);
+ }
+}
+
+static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(
+ CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) {
+ llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen;
+ llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases;
+ llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen;
+ SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1;
+ PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD);
+ collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
+ /*ParentIsPublic=*/true);
+
+ for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) {
+ // Skip ambiguous objects.
+ if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1)
+ continue;
+
+ Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject);
+ }
+}
+
+/// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
+bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc,
+ QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) {
+ // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
+ // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
+ QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy;
+ bool isPointer = false;
+ if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
+ Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
+ isPointer = true;
+ }
+ if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
+ if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
+ isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
+ : diag::err_throw_incomplete,
+ E->getSourceRange()))
+ return true;
+
+ if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
+ diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
+ CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+ if (!RD)
+ return false;
+
+ // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
+ // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
+ MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
+
+ // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
+ if (isPointer)
+ return false;
+
+ // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it.
+ if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) {
+ if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
+ MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
+ CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
+ PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
+ if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception
+ // object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call
+ // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor.
+ if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
+ // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within
+ // the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise
+ // inaccessible are not catchable types.
+ llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects;
+ getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects);
+
+ for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) {
+ // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery
+ // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this
+ // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform
+ // lookup and overload resolution.
+ CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0);
+ if (!CD)
+ continue;
+
+ // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression.
+ MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD);
+
+ // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it
+ // in the catchable type data.
+ if (CD->isTrivial())
+ continue;
+
+ // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class
+ // type to this constructor.
+ // N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this
+ // particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to
+ // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via
+ // friendship or any other means).
+ Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD);
+
+ // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so
+ // we must rebuild them here.
+ for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
+ if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)))
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Under the Itanium C++ ABI, memory for the exception object is allocated by
+ // the runtime with no ability for the compiler to request additional
+ // alignment. Warn if the exception type requires alignment beyond the minimum
+ // guaranteed by the target C++ runtime.
+ if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isItaniumFamily()) {
+ CharUnits TypeAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(Ty);
+ CharUnits ExnObjAlign = Context.getExnObjectAlignment();
+ if (ExnObjAlign < TypeAlign) {
+ Diag(ThrowLoc, diag::warn_throw_underaligned_obj);
+ Diag(ThrowLoc, diag::note_throw_underaligned_obj)
+ << Ty << (unsigned)TypeAlign.getQuantity()
+ << (unsigned)ExnObjAlign.getQuantity();
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(
+ ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy,
+ DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) {
+
+ QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
+ LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr;
+ DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext;
+
+ // Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to
+ // the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since
+ // that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object.
+ // The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its
+ // member function. We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate
+ // outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this'
+ // - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that
+ // capturing lamdbda's call operator.
+ //
+
+ // Since the FunctionScopeInfo stack is representative of the lexical
+ // nesting of the lambda expressions during initial parsing (and is the best
+ // place for querying information about captures about lambdas that are
+ // partially processed) and perhaps during instantiation of function templates
+ // that contain lambda expressions that need to be transformed BUT not
+ // necessarily during instantiation of a nested generic lambda's function call
+ // operator (which might even be instantiated at the end of the TU) - at which
+ // time the DeclContext tree is mature enough to query capture information
+ // reliably - we use a two pronged approach to walk through all the lexically
+ // enclosing lambda expressions:
+ //
+ // 1) Climb down the FunctionScopeInfo stack as long as each item represents
+ // a Lambda (i.e. LambdaScopeInfo) AND each LSI's 'closure-type' is lexically
+ // enclosed by the call-operator of the LSI below it on the stack (while
+ // tracking the enclosing DC for step 2 if needed). Note the topmost LSI on
+ // the stack represents the innermost lambda.
+ //
+ // 2) If we run out of enclosing LSI's, check if the enclosing DeclContext
+ // represents a lambda's call operator. If it does, we must be instantiating
+ // a generic lambda's call operator (represented by the Current LSI, and
+ // should be the only scenario where an inconsistency between the LSI and the
+ // DeclContext should occur), so climb out the DeclContexts if they
+ // represent lambdas, while querying the corresponding closure types
+ // regarding capture information.
+
+ // 1) Climb down the function scope info stack.
+ for (int I = FunctionScopes.size();
+ I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]) &&
+ (!CurLSI || !CurLSI->Lambda || CurLSI->Lambda->getDeclContext() ==
+ cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I])->CallOperator);
+ CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) {
+ CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
+
+ if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured())
+ continue;
+
+ auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture();
+
+ if (C.isCopyCapture()) {
+ ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
+ if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst())
+ ClassType.addConst();
+ return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // 2) We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can
+ // happen during instantiation of its nested generic lambda call operator)
+ if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) {
+ assert(CurLSI && "While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic "
+ "lambda, we must have a corresponding LambdaScopeInfo");
+ assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator) &&
+ "While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic lambda, when we "
+ "run out of enclosing LSI's, yet the enclosing DC is a "
+ "lambda-call-operator we must be (i.e. Current LSI) in a generic "
+ "lambda call oeprator");
+ assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator));
+
+ auto IsThisCaptured =
+ [](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) {
+ IsConst = false;
+ IsByCopy = false;
+ for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) {
+ if (C.capturesThis()) {
+ if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis)
+ IsByCopy = true;
+ if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst())
+ IsConst = true;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ return false;
+ };
+
+ bool IsByCopyCapture = false;
+ bool IsConstCapture = false;
+ CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent());
+ while (Closure &&
+ IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) {
+ if (IsByCopyCapture) {
+ ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
+ if (IsConstCapture)
+ ClassType.addConst();
+ return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
+ }
+ Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent())
+ ? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent())
+ : nullptr;
+ }
+ }
+ return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
+}
+
+QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() {
+ DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
+ QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride;
+
+ if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
+ if (method && method->isInstance())
+ ThisTy = method->getThisType();
+ }
+
+ if (ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext) &&
+ inTemplateInstantiation()) {
+
+ assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) &&
+ "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?");
+
+ // This is a lambda call operator that is being instantiated as a default
+ // initializer. DC must point to the enclosing class type, so we can recover
+ // the 'this' type from it.
+
+ QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC));
+ // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers,
+ // per [expr.prim.general]p4.
+ ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
+ }
+
+ // If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this'
+ // might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's
+ // captures '*this' by copy.
+ if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext))
+ return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy,
+ CurContext, Context);
+ return ThisTy;
+}
+
+Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S,
+ Decl *ContextDecl,
+ Qualifiers CXXThisTypeQuals,
+ bool Enabled)
+ : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false)
+{
+ if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl)
+ return;
+
+ CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
+ if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl))
+ Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl();
+ else
+ Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl);
+
+ QualType T = S.Context.getRecordType(Record);
+ T = S.getASTContext().getQualifiedType(T, CXXThisTypeQuals);
+
+ S.CXXThisTypeOverride = S.Context.getPointerType(T);
+
+ this->Enabled = true;
+}
+
+
+Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() {
+ if (Enabled) {
+ S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
+ }
+}
+
+bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit,
+ bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt,
+ const bool ByCopy) {
+ // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context.
+ if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit)
+ return true;
+
+ assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value");
+
+ const int MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
+ ? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
+ : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
+
+ // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this')
+ // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at
+ // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack.
+
+ // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a
+ // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation:
+ // [*this] { ... }.
+ // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference
+ // capture.
+
+ // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes
+ // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if:
+ // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object*
+ // - or, 'L' has an implicit capture.
+ // AND
+ // -- there is no enclosing closure
+ // -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the
+ // *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E'
+ // and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*.
+ // -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the
+ // *enclosing object*
+
+
+ unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0;
+ for (int idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx >= 0; idx--) {
+ if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI =
+ dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) {
+ if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) {
+ // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do.
+ CSI->Captures[CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex - 1].markUsed(BuildAndDiagnose);
+ break;
+ }
+ LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
+ if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) {
+ // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
+ if (BuildAndDiagnose)
+ Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
+ << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
+ return true;
+ }
+ if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref ||
+ CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval ||
+ CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block ||
+ CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion ||
+ (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) {
+ // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first
+ // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures,
+ // if any, must perform implicit captures.
+
+ // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards.
+ NumCapturingClosures++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
+ if (BuildAndDiagnose)
+ Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
+ << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
+ return true;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false;
+
+ // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the
+ // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it
+ // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures).
+
+ // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting
+ // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below). Ignore it for
+ // all enclosing closure's up to NumCapturingClosures (since they must be
+ // implicitly capturing the *enclosing object* by reference (see loop
+ // above)).
+ assert((!ByCopy ||
+ dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) &&
+ "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by "
+ "*this) by copy");
+ QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
+ for (int idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures;
+ --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) {
+ CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
+
+ // The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by
+ // copy').
+ QualType CaptureType = ThisTy;
+ if (ByCopy) {
+ // If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore
+ // any cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for
+ // the type of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use
+ // of 'this'.
+ CaptureType = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
+ CaptureType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
+ }
+
+ bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1;
+ CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, CaptureType, ByCopy);
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
+ /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
+ /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
+ /// which the function is called.
+
+ QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
+ if (ThisTy.isNull())
+ return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
+ return BuildCXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*IsImplicit=*/false);
+}
+
+Expr *Sema::BuildCXXThisExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Type,
+ bool IsImplicit) {
+ auto *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, Type, IsImplicit);
+ MarkThisReferenced(This);
+ return This;
+}
+
+void Sema::MarkThisReferenced(CXXThisExpr *This) {
+ CheckCXXThisCapture(This->getExprLoc());
+}
+
+bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) {
+ // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified
+ // type for 'this'.
+ if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull())
+ return false;
+
+ // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being
+ // defined.
+ CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+ return Class && Class->isBeingDefined();
+}
+
+/// Parse construction of a specified type.
+/// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
+/// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
+/// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
+ExprResult
+Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
+ SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc,
+ MultiExprArg exprs,
+ SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc,
+ bool ListInitialization) {
+ if (!TypeRep)
+ return ExprError();
+
+ TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
+ QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
+ if (!TInfo)
+ TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
+
+ auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenOrBraceLoc, exprs,
+ RParenOrBraceLoc, ListInitialization);
+ // Avoid creating a non-type-dependent expression that contains typos.
+ // Non-type-dependent expressions are liable to be discarded without
+ // checking for embedded typos.
+ if (!Result.isInvalid() && Result.get()->isInstantiationDependent() &&
+ !Result.get()->isTypeDependent())
+ Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Result.get());
+ return Result;
+}
+
+ExprResult
+Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
+ SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc,
+ MultiExprArg Exprs,
+ SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc,
+ bool ListInitialization) {
+ QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
+ SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
+
+ if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) {
+ // FIXME: CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr does not model list-initialization
+ // directly. We work around this by dropping the locations of the braces.
+ SourceRange Locs = ListInitialization
+ ? SourceRange()
+ : SourceRange(LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
+ return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, Locs.getBegin(),
+ Exprs, Locs.getEnd());
+ }
+
+ assert((!ListInitialization ||
+ (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) &&
+ "List initialization must have initializer list as expression.");
+ SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
+
+ InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
+ InitializationKind Kind =
+ Exprs.size()
+ ? ListInitialization
+ ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
+ TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc)
+ : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc,
+ RParenOrBraceLoc)
+ : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc,
+ RParenOrBraceLoc);
+
+ // C++1z [expr.type.conv]p1:
+ // If the type is a placeholder for a deduced class type, [...perform class
+ // template argument deduction...]
+ DeducedType *Deduced = Ty->getContainedDeducedType();
+ if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
+ Ty = DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TInfo, Entity,
+ Kind, Exprs);
+ if (Ty.isNull())
+ return ExprError();
+ Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo, Ty);
+ }
+
+ // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
+ // If the expression list is a parenthesized single expression, the type
+ // conversion expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in
+ // meaning) to the corresponding cast expression.
+ if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization &&
+ !isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])) {
+ Expr *Arg = Exprs[0];
+ return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, Ty, LParenOrBraceLoc, Arg,
+ RParenOrBraceLoc);
+ }
+
+ // For an expression of the form T(), T shall not be an array type.
+ QualType ElemTy = Ty;
+ if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
+ if (!ListInitialization)
+ return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_array_type)
+ << FullRange);
+ ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty);
+ }
+
+ // There doesn't seem to be an explicit rule against this but sanity demands
+ // we only construct objects with object types.
+ if (Ty->isFunctionType())
+ return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_init_for_function_type)
+ << Ty << FullRange);
+
+ // C++17 [expr.type.conv]p2:
+ // If the type is cv void and the initializer is (), the expression is a
+ // prvalue of the specified type that performs no initialization.
+ if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
+ RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy,
+ diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ // Otherwise, the expression is a prvalue of the specified type whose
+ // result object is direct-initialized (11.6) with the initializer.
+ InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
+ ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
+
+ if (Result.isInvalid())
+ return Result;
+
+ Expr *Inner = Result.get();
+ if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner))
+ Inner = BTE->getSubExpr();
+ if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner) &&
+ !isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(Inner)) {
+ // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the
+ // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent
+ // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here.
+ //
+ // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr
+ // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a
+ // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast
+ // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not.
+ QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType();
+ SourceRange Locs = ListInitialization
+ ? SourceRange()
+ : SourceRange(LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
+ Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
+ Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(Ty), TInfo, CK_NoOp,
+ Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, Locs.getBegin(), Locs.getEnd());
+ }
+
+ return Result;
+}
+
+bool Sema::isUsualDeallocationFunction(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
+ // [CUDA] Ignore this function, if we can't call it.
+ const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
+ if (getLangOpts().CUDA &&
+ IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Method) <= CFP_WrongSide)
+ return false;
+
+ SmallVector<const FunctionDecl*, 4> PreventedBy;
+ bool Result = Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(PreventedBy);
+
+ if (Result || !getLangOpts().CUDA || PreventedBy.empty())
+ return Result;
+
+ // In case of CUDA, return true if none of the 1-argument deallocator
+ // functions are actually callable.
+ return llvm::none_of(PreventedBy, [&](const FunctionDecl *FD) {
+ assert(FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
+ "Only single-operand functions should be in PreventedBy");
+ return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD) >= CFP_HostDevice;
+ });
+}
+
+/// Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
+/// deallocation function.
+static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
+ if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
+ return S.isUsualDeallocationFunction(Method);
+
+ if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
+ FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
+ return false;
+
+ unsigned UsualParams = 1;
+
+ if (S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
+ S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
+ FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
+ S.Context.getSizeType()))
+ ++UsualParams;
+
+ if (S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
+ S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
+ FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
+ S.Context.getTypeDeclType(S.getStdAlignValT())))
+ ++UsualParams;
+
+ return UsualParams == FD->getNumParams();
+}
+
+namespace {
+ struct UsualDeallocFnInfo {
+ UsualDeallocFnInfo() : Found(), FD(nullptr) {}
+ UsualDeallocFnInfo(Sema &S, DeclAccessPair Found)
+ : Found(Found), FD(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())),
+ Destroying(false), HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false),
+ CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) {
+ // A function template declaration is never a usual deallocation function.
+ if (!FD)
+ return;
+ unsigned NumBaseParams = 1;
+ if (FD->isDestroyingOperatorDelete()) {
+ Destroying = true;
+ ++NumBaseParams;
+ }
+
+ if (NumBaseParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
+ S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
+ FD->getParamDecl(NumBaseParams)->getType(),
+ S.Context.getSizeType())) {
+ ++NumBaseParams;
+ HasSizeT = true;
+ }
+
+ if (NumBaseParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
+ FD->getParamDecl(NumBaseParams)->getType()->isAlignValT()) {
+ ++NumBaseParams;
+ HasAlignValT = true;
+ }
+
+ // In CUDA, determine how much we'd like / dislike to call this.
+ if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA)
+ if (auto *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext))
+ CUDAPref = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD);
+ }
+
+ explicit operator bool() const { return FD; }
+
+ bool isBetterThan(const UsualDeallocFnInfo &Other, bool WantSize,
+ bool WantAlign) const {
+ // C++ P0722:
+ // A destroying operator delete is preferred over a non-destroying
+ // operator delete.
+ if (Destroying != Other.Destroying)
+ return Destroying;
+
+ // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
+ // If the type has new-extended alignment, a function with a parameter
+ // of type std::align_val_t is preferred; otherwise a function without
+ // such a parameter is preferred
+ if (HasAlignValT != Other.HasAlignValT)
+ return HasAlignValT == WantAlign;
+
+ if (HasSizeT != Other.HasSizeT)
+ return HasSizeT == WantSize;
+
+ // Use CUDA call preference as a tiebreaker.
+ return CUDAPref > Other.CUDAPref;
+ }
+
+ DeclAccessPair Found;
+ FunctionDecl *FD;
+ bool Destroying, HasSizeT, HasAlignValT;
+ Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference CUDAPref;
+ };
+}
+
+/// Determine whether a type has new-extended alignment. This may be called when
+/// the type is incomplete (for a delete-expression with an incomplete pointee
+/// type), in which case it will conservatively return false if the alignment is
+/// not known.
+static bool hasNewExtendedAlignment(Sema &S, QualType AllocType) {
+ return S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
+ S.getASTContext().getTypeAlignIfKnown(AllocType) >
+ S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
+}
+
+/// Select the correct "usual" deallocation function to use from a selection of
+/// deallocation functions (either global or class-scope).
+static UsualDeallocFnInfo resolveDeallocationOverload(
+ Sema &S, LookupResult &R, bool WantSize, bool WantAlign,
+ llvm::SmallVectorImpl<UsualDeallocFnInfo> *BestFns = nullptr) {
+ UsualDeallocFnInfo Best;
+
+ for (auto I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
+ UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(S, I.getPair());
+ if (!Info || !isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(S, Info.FD) ||
+ Info.CUDAPref == Sema::CFP_Never)
+ continue;
+
+ if (!Best) {
+ Best = Info;
+ if (BestFns)
+ BestFns->push_back(Info);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (Best.isBetterThan(Info, WantSize, WantAlign))
+ continue;
+
+ // If more than one preferred function is found, all non-preferred
+ // functions are eliminated from further consideration.
+ if (BestFns && Info.isBetterThan(Best, WantSize, WantAlign))
+ BestFns->clear();
+
+ Best = Info;
+ if (BestFns)
+ BestFns->push_back(Info);
+ }
+
+ return Best;
+}
+
+/// Determine whether a given type is a class for which 'delete[]' would call
+/// a member 'operator delete[]' with a 'size_t' parameter. This implies that
+/// we need to store the array size (even if the type is
+/// trivially-destructible).
+static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
+ QualType allocType) {
+ const RecordType *record =
+ allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
+ if (!record) return false;
+
+ // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
+
+ DeclarationName deleteName =
+ S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
+ LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
+ S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
+
+ // We're just doing this for information.
+ ops.suppressDiagnostics();
+
+ // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
+ if (ops.empty()) return false;
+
+ // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
+ // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
+ if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
+
+ // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
+ // If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
+ // parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
+ auto Best = resolveDeallocationOverload(
+ S, ops, /*WantSize*/false,
+ /*WantAlign*/hasNewExtendedAlignment(S, allocType));
+ return Best && Best.HasSizeT;
+}
+
+/// Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
+///
+/// E.g.:
+/// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
+/// or
+/// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
+///
+/// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression.
+/// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'.
+/// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments.
+/// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments.
+/// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments.
+/// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range.
+/// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions.
+/// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null
+/// if there is none.
+ExprResult
+Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
+ SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
+ SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
+ Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) {
+ Optional<Expr *> ArraySize;
+ // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
+ if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
+ D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
+ DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
+ if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec())
+ return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
+ << D.getSourceRange());
+ if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
+ return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
+ << D.getSourceRange());
+ if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts && !Initializer)
+ return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
+ << D.getSourceRange());
+
+ ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
+ D.DropFirstTypeObject();
+ }
+
+ // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
+ if (ArraySize) {
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
+ if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
+ break;
+
+ DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
+ if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
+ if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) {
+ if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
+ // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator
+ // shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t
+ // and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value.
+ unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
+ assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?");
+ llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth);
+ Array.NumElts
+ = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value,
+ CCEK_NewExpr)
+ .get();
+ } else {
+ Array.NumElts
+ = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr,
+ diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
+ .get();
+ }
+ if (!Array.NumElts)
+ return ExprError();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr);
+ QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
+ if (D.isInvalidType())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ SourceRange DirectInitRange;
+ if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer))
+ DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange();
+
+ return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getEndLoc()), UseGlobal,
+ PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs, PlacementRParen,
+ TypeIdParens, AllocType, TInfo, ArraySize, DirectInitRange,
+ Initializer);
+}
+
+static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style,
+ Expr *Init) {
+ if (!Init)
+ return true;
+ if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
+ return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0;
+ if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init))
+ return true;
+ else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
+ return !CCE->isListInitialization() &&
+ CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor();
+ else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) {
+ assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
+ "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.");
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool
+Sema::isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(const FunctionDecl &FD) const {
+ if (!getLangOpts().AlignedAllocationUnavailable)
+ return false;
+ if (FD.isDefined())
+ return false;
+ bool IsAligned = false;
+ if (FD.isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(&IsAligned) && IsAligned)
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+// Emit a diagnostic if an aligned allocation/deallocation function that is not
+// implemented in the standard library is selected.
+void Sema::diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(const FunctionDecl &FD,
+ SourceLocation Loc) {
+ if (isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(FD)) {
+ const llvm::Triple &T = getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple();
+ StringRef OSName = AvailabilityAttr::getPlatformNameSourceSpelling(
+ getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName());
+
+ OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = FD.getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator();
+ bool IsDelete = Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete;
+ Diag(Loc, diag::err_aligned_allocation_unavailable)
+ << IsDelete << FD.getType().getAsString() << OSName
+ << alignedAllocMinVersion(T.getOS()).getAsString();
+ Diag(Loc, diag::note_silence_aligned_allocation_unavailable);
+ }
+}
+
+ExprResult
+Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
+ SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
+ MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
+ SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
+ SourceRange TypeIdParens,
+ QualType AllocType,
+ TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
+ Optional<Expr *> ArraySize,
+ SourceRange DirectInitRange,
+ Expr *Initializer) {
+ SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
+ SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin();
+
+ CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle;
+ if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) {
+ assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer.");
+ initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit;
+ } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer))
+ initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit;
+ else {
+ assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) ||
+ isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) &&
+ "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.");
+ initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit;
+ }
+
+ Expr **Inits = &Initializer;
+ unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0;
+ if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
+ assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init");
+ Inits = List->getExprs();
+ NumInits = List->getNumExprs();
+ }
+
+ // C++11 [expr.new]p15:
+ // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
+ // object as follows:
+ InitializationKind Kind
+ // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
+ // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
+ // the object has indeterminate value
+ = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit
+ ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
+ // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to
+ // the
+ // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
+ : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit
+ ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
+ TypeRange.getBegin(), Initializer->getBeginLoc(),
+ Initializer->getEndLoc())
+ : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
+ DirectInitRange.getBegin(),
+ DirectInitRange.getEnd());
+
+ // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
+ auto *Deduced = AllocType->getContainedDeducedType();
+ if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
+ if (ArraySize)
+ return ExprError(
+ Diag(ArraySize ? (*ArraySize)->getExprLoc() : TypeRange.getBegin(),
+ diag::err_deduced_class_template_compound_type)
+ << /*array*/ 2
+ << (ArraySize ? (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange() : TypeRange));
+
+ InitializedEntity Entity
+ = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, AllocType);
+ AllocType = DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(
+ AllocTypeInfo, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
+ if (AllocType.isNull())
+ return ExprError();
+ } else if (Deduced) {
+ bool Braced = (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit);
+ if (NumInits == 1) {
+ if (auto p = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])) {
+ Inits = p->getInits();
+ NumInits = p->getNumInits();
+ Braced = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0)
+ return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
+ << AllocType << TypeRange);
+ if (NumInits > 1) {
+ Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1];
+ return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getBeginLoc(),
+ diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
+ << AllocType << TypeRange);
+ }
+ if (Braced && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17)
+ Diag(Initializer->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_auto_new_list_init)
+ << AllocType << TypeRange;
+ Expr *Deduce = Inits[0];
+ QualType DeducedType;
+ if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed)
+ return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
+ << AllocType << Deduce->getType()
+ << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange());
+ if (DeducedType.isNull())
+ return ExprError();
+ AllocType = DeducedType;
+ }
+
+ // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
+ // typedef of an array type.
+ if (!ArraySize) {
+ if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
+ = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
+ ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
+ Context.getSizeType(),
+ TypeRange.getEnd());
+ AllocType = Array->getElementType();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
+ if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
+ AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
+ AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
+ AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
+ AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
+ }
+
+ QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
+
+ if (ArraySize && *ArraySize &&
+ (*ArraySize)->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
+ ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(*ArraySize);
+ if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
+ ArraySize = result.get();
+ }
+ // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have
+ // integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
+ // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped
+ // enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit
+ // conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists.
+ // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to
+ // std::size_t.
+ llvm::Optional<uint64_t> KnownArraySize;
+ if (ArraySize && *ArraySize && !(*ArraySize)->isTypeDependent()) {
+ ExprResult ConvertedSize;
+ if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
+ assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?");
+
+ ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(*ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
+ AA_Converting);
+
+ if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() &&
+ (*ArraySize)->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
+ // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion.
+ Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion)
+ << (*ArraySize)->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'";
+ } else {
+ class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
+ protected:
+ Expr *ArraySize;
+
+ public:
+ SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize)
+ : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false),
+ ArraySize(ArraySize) {}
+
+ SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
+ QualType T) override {
+ return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral)
+ << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T;
+ }
+
+ SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
+ Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
+ return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
+ << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
+ }
+
+ SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
+ Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
+ return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
+ }
+
+ SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
+ Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
+ return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
+ << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
+ }
+
+ SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
+ Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
+ return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
+ }
+
+ SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
+ Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
+ return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
+ << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
+ }
+
+ SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
+ QualType T,
+ QualType ConvTy) override {
+ return S.Diag(Loc,
+ S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
+ ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion
+ : diag::ext_array_size_conversion)
+ << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
+ }
+ } SizeDiagnoser(*ArraySize);
+
+ ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, *ArraySize,
+ SizeDiagnoser);
+ }
+ if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get();
+ QualType SizeType = (*ArraySize)->getType();
+
+ if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ // C++98 [expr.new]p7:
+ // The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type
+ // with a non-negative value.
+ //
+ // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand,
+ // per CWG1464. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an
+ // unparenthesized array type.
+ if (!(*ArraySize)->isValueDependent()) {
+ llvm::APSInt Value;
+ // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or
+ // unscoped enumeration type.
+ // FIXME: Per CWG1464, we are required to check the value prior to
+ // converting to size_t. This will never find a negative array size in
+ // C++14 onwards, because Value is always unsigned here!
+ if ((*ArraySize)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) {
+ if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
+ return ExprError(Diag((*ArraySize)->getBeginLoc(),
+ diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
+ << (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange());
+ }
+
+ if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
+ unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
+ ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
+ if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context))
+ return ExprError(
+ Diag((*ArraySize)->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large)
+ << Value.toString(10) << (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange());
+ }
+
+ KnownArraySize = Value.getZExtValue();
+ } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
+ // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
+ Diag((*ArraySize)->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
+ << (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange()
+ << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
+ << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
+
+ TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can
+ // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
+ }
+
+ FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr;
+ FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
+ unsigned Alignment =
+ AllocType->isDependentType() ? 0 : Context.getTypeAlign(AllocType);
+ unsigned NewAlignment = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
+ bool PassAlignment = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
+ Alignment > NewAlignment;
+
+ AllocationFunctionScope Scope = UseGlobal ? AFS_Global : AFS_Both;
+ if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
+ !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) &&
+ FindAllocationFunctions(
+ StartLoc, SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), Scope, Scope,
+ AllocType, ArraySize.hasValue(), PassAlignment, PlacementArgs,
+ OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
+ // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
+ bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
+ if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
+ UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
+ doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
+
+ SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
+ if (OperatorNew) {
+ const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
+ OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
+ VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction
+ : VariadicDoesNotApply;
+
+ // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default
+ // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding
+ // argument. Skip the second parameter too if we're passing in the
+ // alignment; we've already filled it in.
+ if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto,
+ PassAlignment ? 2 : 1, PlacementArgs,
+ AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty())
+ PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs;
+
+ // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument.
+ DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs);
+
+ // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent
+
+ // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by (unaligned)
+ // global operator new.
+ if (PlacementArgs.empty() && !PassAlignment &&
+ (OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
+ (OperatorNew->getBeginLoc().isValid() &&
+ getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getBeginLoc())))) {
+ if (Alignment > NewAlignment)
+ Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type)
+ << AllocType
+ << unsigned(Alignment / Context.getCharWidth())
+ << unsigned(NewAlignment / Context.getCharWidth());
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses.
+ // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the
+ // dialect distinction.
+ if (ArraySize && !isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
+ SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getBeginLoc(),
+ Inits[NumInits - 1]->getEndLoc());
+ Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
+ return ExprError();
+ }
+
+ // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so,
+ // do it now.
+ if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
+ !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(
+ llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) {
+ // The type we initialize is the complete type, including the array bound.
+ QualType InitType;
+ if (KnownArraySize)
+ InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(
+ AllocType,
+ llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()),
+ *KnownArraySize),
+ *ArraySize, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
+ else if (ArraySize)
+ InitType =
+ Context.getIncompleteArrayType(AllocType, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
+ else
+ InitType = AllocType;
+
+ InitializedEntity Entity
+ = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType);
+ InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind,
+ MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
+ ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
+ MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
+ if (FullInit.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because
+ // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed.
+ // FIXME: We should not create these in the first place.
+ if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder =
+ dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get()))
+ FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr();
+
+ Initializer = FullInit.get();
+
+ // FIXME: If we have a KnownArraySize, check that the array bound of the
+ // initializer is no greater than that constant value.
+
+ if (ArraySize && !*ArraySize) {
+ auto *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Initializer->getType());
+ if (CAT) {
+ // FIXME: Track that the array size was inferred rather than explicitly
+ // specified.
+ ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(
+ Context, CAT->getSize(), Context.getSizeType(), TypeRange.getEnd());
+ } else {
+ Diag(TypeRange.getEnd(), diag::err_new_array_size_unknown_from_init)
+ << Initializer->getSourceRange();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
+ if (OperatorNew) {
+ if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc))
+ return ExprError();
+ MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
+ }
+ if (OperatorDelete) {
+ if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc))
+ return ExprError();
+ MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
+ }
+
+ return CXXNewExpr::Create(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete,
+ PassAlignment, UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
+ PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, ArraySize, initStyle,
+ Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, Range,
+ DirectInitRange);
+}
+
+/// Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
+/// in a new-expression.
+bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
+ SourceRange R) {
+ // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
+ // abstract class type or array thereof.
+ if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
+ return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
+ << AllocType << 0 << R;
+ else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
+ return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
+ << AllocType << 1 << R;
+ else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
+ RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R))
+ return true;
+ else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
+ diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
+ return true;
+ else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
+ return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
+ << AllocType;
+ else if (AllocType.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
+ !getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
+ return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
+ << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType()
+ << AllocType.getQualifiers().getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue();
+ else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
+ if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
+ QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
+ if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
+ BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
+ return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
+ << BaseAllocType;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+static bool resolveAllocationOverload(
+ Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args,
+ bool &PassAlignment, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
+ OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates, Expr *AlignArg, bool Diagnose) {
+ OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(),
+ OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
+ for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
+ Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
+ // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
+ // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
+ NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
+
+ if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
+ S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
+ /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args,
+ Candidates,
+ /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
+ S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
+ /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
+ }
+
+ // Do the resolution.
+ OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
+ switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
+ case OR_Success: {
+ // Got one!
+ FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
+ if (S.CheckAllocationAccess(R.getNameLoc(), Range, R.getNamingClass(),
+ Best->FoundDecl) == Sema::AR_inaccessible)
+ return true;
+
+ Operator = FnDecl;
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ case OR_No_Viable_Function:
+ // C++17 [expr.new]p13:
+ // If no matching function is found and the allocated object type has
+ // new-extended alignment, the alignment argument is removed from the
+ // argument list, and overload resolution is performed again.
+ if (PassAlignment) {
+ PassAlignment = false;
+ AlignArg = Args[1];
+ Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
+ return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
+ Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg,
+ Diagnose);
+ }
+
+ // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
+ // if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not
+ // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
+ // will not replicate that bug.
+ // FIXME: Find out how this interacts with the std::align_val_t fallback
+ // once MSVC implements it.
+ if (R.getLookupName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New &&
+ S.Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
+ R.clear();
+ R.setLookupName(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New));
+ S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
+ // FIXME: This will give bad diagnostics pointing at the wrong functions.
+ return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
+ Operator, /*Candidates=*/nullptr,
+ /*AlignArg=*/nullptr, Diagnose);
+ }
+
+ if (Diagnose) {
+ PartialDiagnosticAt PD(R.getNameLoc(), S.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
+ << R.getLookupName() << Range);
+
+ // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates
+ // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from
+ // Candidates.
+ if (AlignedCandidates) {
+ auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) {
+ return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 &&
+ C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT();
+ };
+ auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); };
+
+ // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates
+ // first.
+ Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg);
+ AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(PD, S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "",
+ R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned);
+ Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
+ Candidates.NoteCandidates(PD, S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(),
+ IsUnaligned);
+ } else {
+ Candidates.NoteCandidates(PD, S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
+ }
+ }
+ return true;
+
+ case OR_Ambiguous:
+ if (Diagnose) {
+ Candidates.NoteCandidates(
+ PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(),
+ S.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
+ << R.getLookupName() << Range),
+ S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
+ }
+ return true;
+
+ case OR_Deleted: {
+ if (Diagnose) {
+ Candidates.NoteCandidates(
+ PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(),
+ S.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
+ << R.getLookupName() << Range),
+ S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
+ }
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
+}
+
+bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
+ AllocationFunctionScope NewScope,
+ AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope,
+ QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
+ bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
+ FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
+ FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete,
+ bool Diagnose) {
+ // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
+ // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
+ // 1) If looking in AFS_Global scope for allocation functions, only look in
+ // the global scope. Else, if AFS_Class, only look in the scope of the
+ // allocated class. If AFS_Both, look in both.
+ // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
+ // operator new.
+ // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
+ // placement form.
+
+ SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs;
+ AllocArgs.reserve((PassAlignment ? 2 : 1) + PlaceArgs.size());
+
+ // We don't care about the actual value of these arguments.
+ // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
+ // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
+ // FIXME: Using a dummy value will interact poorly with attribute enable_if.
+ IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
+ Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)),
+ Context.getSizeType(),
+ SourceLocation());
+ AllocArgs.push_back(&Size);
+
+ QualType AlignValT = Context.VoidTy;
+ if (PassAlignment) {
+ DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
+ AlignValT = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT());
+ }
+ CXXScalarValueInitExpr Align(AlignValT, nullptr, SourceLocation());
+ if (PassAlignment)
+ AllocArgs.push_back(&Align);
+
+ AllocArgs.insert(AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end());
+
+ // C++ [expr.new]p8:
+ // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
+ // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
+ // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
+ // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
+ // deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
+ DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
+ IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
+
+ QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
+
+ // Find the allocation function.
+ {
+ LookupResult R(*this, NewName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
+
+ // C++1z [expr.new]p9:
+ // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the allocation
+ // function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the
+ // allocated type is a class type T or array thereof, the allocation
+ // function's name is looked up in the scope of T.
+ if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && NewScope != AFS_Global)
+ LookupQualifiedName(R, AllocElemType->getAsCXXRecordDecl());
+
+ // We can see ambiguity here if the allocation function is found in
+ // multiple base classes.
+ if (R.isAmbiguous())
+ return true;
+
+ // If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not
+ // a class type, the allocation function's name is looked up in the
+ // global scope.
+ if (R.empty()) {
+ if (NewScope == AFS_Class)
+ return true;
+
+ LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
+ }
+
+ if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus && R.empty()) {
+ if (PlaceArgs.empty()) {
+ Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported) << "default new";
+ } else {
+ Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_placement_new);
+ }
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found");
+ assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous");
+
+ // We do our own custom access checks below.
+ R.suppressDiagnostics();
+
+ if (resolveAllocationOverload(*this, R, Range, AllocArgs, PassAlignment,
+ OperatorNew, /*Candidates=*/nullptr,
+ /*AlignArg=*/nullptr, Diagnose))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under -fno-exceptions.
+ if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) {
+ OperatorDelete = nullptr;
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // Note, the name of OperatorNew might have been changed from array to
+ // non-array by resolveAllocationOverload.
+ DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
+ OperatorNew->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New
+ ? OO_Array_Delete
+ : OO_Delete);
+
+ // C++ [expr.new]p19:
+ //
+ // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
+ // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
+ // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
+ // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
+ // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
+ // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
+ // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
+ LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
+ if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && DeleteScope != AFS_Global) {
+ auto *RD =
+ cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
+ LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
+ }
+ if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
+ return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
+
+ bool FoundGlobalDelete = FoundDelete.empty();
+ if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
+ if (DeleteScope == AFS_Class)
+ return true;
+
+ DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
+ LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
+ }
+
+ FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
+
+ SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
+
+ // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
+ // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
+ // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like
+ // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
+ // A *a = new A()
+ //
+ // We don't have any definition for what a "placement allocation function"
+ // is, but we assume it's any allocation function whose
+ // parameter-declaration-clause is anything other than (size_t).
+ //
+ // FIXME: Should (size_t, std::align_val_t) also be considered non-placement?
+ // This affects whether an exception from the constructor of an overaligned
+ // type uses the sized or non-sized form of aligned operator delete.
+ bool isPlacementNew = !PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1 ||
+ OperatorNew->isVariadic();
+
+ if (isPlacementNew) {
+ // C++ [expr.new]p20:
+ // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
+ // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
+ // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
+ // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
+ // identical. [...]
+ //
+ // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
+ // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
+ // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
+ QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
+ {
+ const FunctionProtoType *Proto
+ = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
+
+ SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
+ ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
+ for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I)
+ ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I));
+
+ FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
+ // FIXME: This is not part of the standard's rule.
+ EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
+
+ ExpectedFunctionType
+ = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI);
+ }
+
+ for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
+ DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
+ D != DEnd; ++D) {
+ FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr;
+ if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl =
+ dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
+ // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
+ // expected function type.
+ TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc);
+ if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn,
+ Info))
+ continue;
+ } else
+ Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
+
+ if (Context.hasSameType(adjustCCAndNoReturn(Fn->getType(),
+ ExpectedFunctionType,
+ /*AdjustExcpetionSpec*/true),
+ ExpectedFunctionType))
+ Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
+ }
+
+ if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
+ EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
+ } else {
+ // C++1y [expr.new]p22:
+ // For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation
+ // function lookup is used
+ //
+ // Per [expr.delete]p10, this lookup prefers a member operator delete
+ // without a size_t argument, but prefers a non-member operator delete
+ // with a size_t where possible (which it always is in this case).
+ llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> BestDeallocFns;
+ UsualDeallocFnInfo Selected = resolveDeallocationOverload(
+ *this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/ FoundGlobalDelete,
+ /*WantAlign*/ hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, AllocElemType),
+ &BestDeallocFns);
+ if (Selected)
+ Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Selected.Found, Selected.FD));
+ else {
+ // If we failed to select an operator, all remaining functions are viable
+ // but ambiguous.
+ for (auto Fn : BestDeallocFns)
+ Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Fn.Found, Fn.FD));
+ }
+ }
+
+ // C++ [expr.new]p20:
+ // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
+ // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
+ // deallocation function will be called.
+ if (Matches.size() == 1) {
+ OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
+
+ // C++1z [expr.new]p23:
+ // If the lookup finds a usual deallocation function (3.7.4.2)
+ // with a parameter of type std::size_t and that function, considered
+ // as a placement deallocation function, would have been
+ // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
+ // is ill-formed.
+ if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isPlacementNew &&
+ isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) {
+ UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(*this,
+ DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public));
+ // Core issue, per mail to core reflector, 2016-10-09:
+ // If this is a member operator delete, and there is a corresponding
+ // non-sized member operator delete, this isn't /really/ a sized
+ // deallocation function, it just happens to have a size_t parameter.
+ bool IsSizedDelete = Info.HasSizeT;
+ if (IsSizedDelete && !FoundGlobalDelete) {
+ auto NonSizedDelete =
+ resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/false,
+ /*WantAlign*/Info.HasAlignValT);
+ if (NonSizedDelete && !NonSizedDelete.HasSizeT &&
+ NonSizedDelete.HasAlignValT == Info.HasAlignValT)
+ IsSizedDelete = false;
+ }
+
+ if (IsSizedDelete) {
+ SourceRange R = PlaceArgs.empty()
+ ? SourceRange()
+ : SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getBeginLoc(),
+ PlaceArgs.back()->getEndLoc());
+ Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) << R;
+ if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
+ Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
+ << DeleteName;
+ }
+ }
+
+ CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
+ Matches[0].first);
+ } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
+ // We found multiple suitable operators. Per [expr.new]p20, that means we
+ // call no 'operator delete' function, but we should at least warn the user.
+ // FIXME: Suppress this warning if the construction cannot throw.
+ Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_ambiguous_suitable_delete_function_found)
+ << DeleteName << AllocElemType;
+
+ for (auto &Match : Matches)
+ Diag(Match.second->getLocation(),
+ diag::note_member_declared_here) << DeleteName;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
+/// delete. These are:
+/// @code
+/// // C++03:
+/// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
+/// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
+/// void operator delete(void *) throw();
+/// void operator delete[](void *) throw();
+/// // C++11:
+/// void* operator new(std::size_t);
+/// void* operator new[](std::size_t);
+/// void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
+/// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
+/// // C++1y:
+/// void* operator new(std::size_t);
+/// void* operator new[](std::size_t);
+/// void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
+/// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
+/// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
+/// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
+/// @endcode
+/// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
+/// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
+void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
+ if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
+ return;
+
+ // The implicitly declared new and delete operators
+ // are not supported in OpenCL.
+ if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
+ return;
+
+ // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
+ // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
+ // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
+ // program
+ //
+ // C++03:
+ // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
+ // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
+ // void operator delete(void*) throw();
+ // void operator delete[](void*) throw();
+ // C++11:
+ // void* operator new(std::size_t);
+ // void* operator new[](std::size_t);
+ // void operator delete(void*) noexcept;
+ // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
+ // C++1y:
+ // void* operator new(std::size_t);
+ // void* operator new[](std::size_t);
+ // void operator delete(void*) noexcept;
+ // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
+ // void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
+ // void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
+ //
+ // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
+ // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
+ //
+ // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
+ // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
+ // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
+ // lookup.
+ if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
+ // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
+ // implicitly.
+ StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
+ getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
+ SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
+ &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
+ nullptr);
+ getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
+ }
+ if (!StdAlignValT && getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation) {
+ // The "std::align_val_t" enum class has not yet been declared, so build it
+ // implicitly.
+ auto *AlignValT = EnumDecl::Create(
+ Context, getOrCreateStdNamespace(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
+ &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("align_val_t"), nullptr, true, true, true);
+ AlignValT->setIntegerType(Context.getSizeType());
+ AlignValT->setPromotionType(Context.getSizeType());
+ AlignValT->setImplicit(true);
+ StdAlignValT = AlignValT;
+ }
+
+ GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
+
+ QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
+ QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
+
+ auto DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions = [&](OverloadedOperatorKind Kind,
+ QualType Return, QualType Param) {
+ llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> Params;
+ Params.push_back(Param);
+
+ // Create up to four variants of the function (sized/aligned).
+ bool HasSizedVariant = getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation &&
+ (Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete);
+ bool HasAlignedVariant = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation;
+
+ int NumSizeVariants = (HasSizedVariant ? 2 : 1);
+ int NumAlignVariants = (HasAlignedVariant ? 2 : 1);
+ for (int Sized = 0; Sized < NumSizeVariants; ++Sized) {
+ if (Sized)
+ Params.push_back(SizeT);
+
+ for (int Aligned = 0; Aligned < NumAlignVariants; ++Aligned) {
+ if (Aligned)
+ Params.push_back(Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT()));
+
+ DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
+ Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Kind), Return, Params);
+
+ if (Aligned)
+ Params.pop_back();
+ }
+ }
+ };
+
+ DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
+ DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
+ DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
+ DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
+}
+
+/// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
+/// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
+void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
+ QualType Return,
+ ArrayRef<QualType> Params) {
+ DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
+
+ // Check if this function is already declared.
+ DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
+ for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
+ Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
+ // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
+ // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
+ if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
+ if (Func->getNumParams() == Params.size()) {
+ llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> FuncParams;
+ for (auto *P : Func->parameters())
+ FuncParams.push_back(
+ Context.getCanonicalType(P->getType().getUnqualifiedType()));
+ if (llvm::makeArrayRef(FuncParams) == Params) {
+ // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in
+ // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global
+ // allocation function, or is suppressing that function.
+ Func->setVisibleDespiteOwningModule();
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(
+ /*IsVariadic=*/false, /*IsCXXMethod=*/false, /*IsBuiltin=*/true));
+
+ QualType BadAllocType;
+ bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
+ = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
+ Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
+ if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
+ if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
+ BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
+ assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
+ EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic;
+ EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType);
+ }
+ } else {
+ EPI.ExceptionSpec =
+ getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
+ }
+
+ auto CreateAllocationFunctionDecl = [&](Attr *ExtraAttr) {
+ QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, Params, EPI);
+ FunctionDecl *Alloc = FunctionDecl::Create(
+ Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Name,
+ FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true);
+ Alloc->setImplicit();
+ // Global allocation functions should always be visible.
+ Alloc->setVisibleDespiteOwningModule();
+
+ Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(
+ Context, LangOpts.GlobalAllocationFunctionVisibilityHidden
+ ? VisibilityAttr::Hidden
+ : VisibilityAttr::Default));
+
+ llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 3> ParamDecls;
+ for (QualType T : Params) {
+ ParamDecls.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(
+ Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr, T,
+ /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr));
+ ParamDecls.back()->setImplicit();
+ }
+ Alloc->setParams(ParamDecls);
+ if (ExtraAttr)
+ Alloc->addAttr(ExtraAttr);
+ Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
+ IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
+ };
+
+ if (!LangOpts.CUDA)
+ CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(nullptr);
+ else {
+ // Host and device get their own declaration so each can be
+ // defined or re-declared independently.
+ CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
+ CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
+ }
+}
+
+FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
+ bool CanProvideSize,
+ bool Overaligned,
+ DeclarationName Name) {
+ DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
+
+ LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
+ LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
+
+ // FIXME: It's possible for this to result in ambiguity, through a
+ // user-declared variadic operator delete or the enable_if attribute. We
+ // should probably not consider those cases to be usual deallocation
+ // functions. But for now we just make an arbitrary choice in that case.
+ auto Result = resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, CanProvideSize,
+ Overaligned);
+ assert(Result.FD && "operator delete missing from global scope?");
+ return Result.FD;
+}
+
+FunctionDecl *Sema::FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation Loc,
+ CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
+ DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
+
+ FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
+ if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete))
+ return nullptr;
+ if (OperatorDelete)
+ return OperatorDelete;
+
+ // If there's no class-specific operator delete, look up the global
+ // non-array delete.
+ return FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
+ Loc, true, hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)),
+ Name);
+}
+
+bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
+ DeclarationName Name,
+ FunctionDecl *&Operator, bool Diagnose) {
+ LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
+ // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
+ LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
+
+ if (Found.isAmbiguous())
+ return true;
+
+ Found.suppressDiagnostics();
+
+ bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD));
+
+ // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
+ // If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
+ // parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
+ llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> Matches;
+ resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, Found, /*WantSize*/ false,
+ /*WantAlign*/ Overaligned, &Matches);
+
+ // If we could find an overload, use it.
+ if (Matches.size() == 1) {
+ Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0].FD);
+
+ // FIXME: DiagnoseUseOfDecl?
+ if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
+ if (Diagnose) {
+ Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
+ NoteDeletedFunction(Operator);
+ }
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
+ Matches[0].Found, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity.
+ // FIXME: The standard doesn't say to do this; it appears that the intent
+ // is that this should never happen.
+ if (!Matches.empty()) {
+ if (Diagnose) {
+ Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
+ << Name << RD;
+ for (auto &Match : Matches)
+ Diag(Match.FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
+ }
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
+ // none of them were suitable.
+ if (!Found.empty()) {
+ if (Diagnose) {
+ Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
+ << Name << RD;
+
+ for (NamedDecl *D : Found)
+ Diag(D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
+ diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
+ }
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ Operator = nullptr;
+ return false;
+}
+
+namespace {
+/// Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for
+/// initializing deletee have the same array form.
+class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector {
+public:
+ enum MismatchResult {
+ /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven.
+ NoMismatch,
+ /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
+ VarInitMismatches,
+ /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
+ MemberInitMismatches,
+ /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been
+ /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit.
+ AnalyzeLater
+ };
+
+ /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of
+ /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point
+ /// delete-expression was encountered.
+ explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU)
+ : Field(nullptr), IsArrayForm(false), EndOfTU(EndOfTU),
+ HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {}
+
+ /// Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with
+ /// matching form of new-expression.
+ ///
+ /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the
+ /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be
+ /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where
+ /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of
+ /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor
+ /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member
+ /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch.
+ MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
+ /// Analyzes a class member.
+ /// \param Field Class member to analyze.
+ /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used
+ /// for deleting the \p Field.
+ MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
+ FieldDecl *Field;
+ /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee
+ llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs;
+ /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form.
+ bool IsArrayForm;
+
+private:
+ const bool EndOfTU;
+ /// Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body.
+ bool HasUndefinedConstructors;
+ /// Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression.
+ /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression.
+ /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression.
+ const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E);
+ /// Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of
+ /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization.
+ ///
+ /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation
+ /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching
+ /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return
+ /// \c NoMismatch.
+ MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME);
+ /// Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of
+ /// \c new.
+ ///
+ /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not
+ /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true.
+ /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false.
+ /// \param D Variable to analyze.
+ bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D);
+ /// Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching
+ /// form of \c new.
+ ///
+ /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in
+ /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the
+ /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given
+ /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or
+ /// member isn't initialized by the constructor.
+ bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
+ /// Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of
+ /// \c new in member initializer list.
+ bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI);
+ /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by
+ /// in-class initializer.
+ MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer();
+};
+}
+
+MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
+MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
+ NewExprs.clear();
+ assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression");
+ IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm();
+ const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
+ if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) {
+ return analyzeMemberExpr(ME);
+ } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
+ if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D))
+ return VarInitMismatches;
+ }
+ return NoMismatch;
+}
+
+const CXXNewExpr *
+MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) {
+ assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression");
+ E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
+ if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) {
+ if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
+ E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
+ }
+
+ return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E);
+}
+
+bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(
+ const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) {
+ const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
+ if (Field == CI->getMember() &&
+ (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) {
+ if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm)
+ return true;
+ else
+ NewExprs.push_back(NE);
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor(
+ const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
+ if (CD->isImplicit())
+ return false;
+ const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD;
+ if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) {
+ HasUndefinedConstructors = true;
+ return EndOfTU;
+ }
+ for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) {
+ if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI))
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
+MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() {
+ assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members");
+ const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer();
+ if (!InitExpr)
+ return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
+ if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) {
+ if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
+ NewExprs.push_back(NE);
+ return MemberInitMismatches;
+ }
+ }
+ return NoMismatch;
+}
+
+MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
+MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field,
+ bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
+ assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member.");
+ this->Field = Field;
+ IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm;
+ const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent());
+ for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) {
+ if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD))
+ return NoMismatch;
+ }
+ if (HasUndefinedConstructors)
+ return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
+ if (!NewExprs.empty())
+ return MemberInitMismatches;
+ return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer()
+ : NoMismatch;
+}
+
+MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
+MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) {
+ assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression");
+ if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
+ return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm);
+ return NoMismatch;
+}
+
+bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) {
+ const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
+ if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) {
+ if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) &&
+ NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
+ NewExprs.push_back(NE);
+ }
+ }
+ return NewExprs.empty();
+}
+
+static void
+DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
+ const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) {
+ SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc);
+ FixItHint H;
+ if (!Detector.IsArrayForm)
+ H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]");
+ else {
+ SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
+ DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(),
+ SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true);
+ if (RSquare.isValid())
+ H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare));
+ }
+ SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new)
+ << Detector.IsArrayForm << H;
+
+ for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs)
+ SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here)
+ << Detector.IsArrayForm;
+}
+
+void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
+ if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation()))
+ return;
+ MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false);
+ switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) {
+ case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
+ case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: {
+ DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getBeginLoc(), Detector);
+ break;
+ }
+ case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: {
+ DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back(
+ std::make_pair(DE->getBeginLoc(), DE->isArrayForm()));
+ break;
+ }
+ case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
+ bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
+ MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true);
+ switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) {
+ case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
+ llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members.");
+ case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater:
+ llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of "
+ "translation unit.");
+ case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches:
+ DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector);
+ break;
+ case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
+/// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
+/// or
+/// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
+ExprResult
+Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
+ bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
+ // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
+ // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
+ // non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type
+ // void.
+ //
+ // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
+
+ ExprResult Ex = ExE;
+ FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
+ bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
+ bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
+
+ if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
+ // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed.
+ Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get());
+ if (Ex.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
+
+ class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
+ public:
+ DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {}
+
+ bool match(QualType ConvType) override {
+ // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick
+ // the operator T*.
+ if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
+ if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
+ return true;
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
+ QualType T) override {
+ return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T;
+ }
+
+ SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
+ QualType T) override {
+ return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T;
+ }
+
+ SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
+ QualType T,
+ QualType ConvTy) override {
+ return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
+ }
+
+ SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
+ QualType ConvTy) override {
+ return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
+ << ConvTy;
+ }
+
+ SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
+ QualType T) override {
+ return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T;
+ }
+
+ SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
+ QualType ConvTy) override {
+ return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
+ << ConvTy;
+ }
+
+ SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
+ QualType T,
+ QualType ConvTy) override {
+ llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
+ }
+ } Converter;
+
+ Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter);
+ if (Ex.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+ Type = Ex.get()->getType();
+ if (!Converter.match(Type))
+ // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError
+ // itself in this case.
+ return ExprError();
+
+ QualType Pointee = Type->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
+ QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
+
+ if (Pointee.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
+ !getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
+ return Diag(Ex.get()->getBeginLoc(),
+ diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
+ << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType()
+ << Pointee.getQualifiers().getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue();
+
+ CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr;
+ if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
+ // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
+ // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
+ // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
+ Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
+ << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
+ } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) {
+ return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
+ << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
+ } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) {
+ // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a
+ // module but is hidden.
+ if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
+ diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) {
+ if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>())
+ PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
+ Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
+ << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
+ << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
+ ArrayForm = true;
+ }
+
+ DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
+ ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
+
+ if (PointeeRD) {
+ if (!UseGlobal &&
+ FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName,
+ OperatorDelete))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
+ // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
+ if (ArrayForm) {
+ // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
+ // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
+ if (UseGlobal)
+ UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
+ doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
+
+ // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
+ // function we just found.
+ else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
+ UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
+ UsualDeallocFnInfo(*this,
+ DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public))
+ .HasSizeT;
+ }
+
+ if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
+ if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
+ MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc,
+ const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
+ if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc))
+ return ExprError();
+ }
+
+ CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc,
+ /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true,
+ /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm,
+ SourceLocation());
+ }
+
+ if (!OperatorDelete) {
+ if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
+ Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported) << "default delete";
+ return ExprError();
+ }
+
+ bool IsComplete = isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee);
+ bool CanProvideSize =
+ IsComplete && (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
+ Pointee.isDestructedType());
+ bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Pointee);
+
+ // Look for a global declaration.
+ OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, CanProvideSize,
+ Overaligned, DeleteName);
+ }
+
+ MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
+
+ // Check access and ambiguity of destructor if we're going to call it.
+ // Note that this is required even for a virtual delete.
+ bool IsVirtualDelete = false;
+ if (PointeeRD) {
+ if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
+ CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
+ PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
+ IsVirtualDelete = Dtor->isVirtual();
+ }
+ }
+
+ DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc);
+
+ // Convert the operand to the type of the first parameter of operator
+ // delete. This is only necessary if we selected a destroying operator
+ // delete that we are going to call (non-virtually); converting to void*
+ // is trivial and left to AST consumers to handle.
+ QualType ParamType = OperatorDelete->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
+ if (!IsVirtualDelete && !ParamType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
+ Qualifiers Qs = Pointee.getQualifiers();
+ if (Qs.hasCVRQualifiers()) {
+ // Qualifiers are irrelevant to this conversion; we're only looking
+ // for access and ambiguity.
+ Qs.removeCVRQualifiers();
+ QualType Unqual = Context.getPointerType(
+ Context.getQualifiedType(Pointee.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs));
+ Ex = ImpCastExprToType(Ex.get(), Unqual, CK_NoOp);
+ }
+ Ex = PerformImplicitConversion(Ex.get(), ParamType, AA_Passing);
+ if (Ex.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+ }
+ }
+
+ CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(
+ Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten,
+ UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc);
+ AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result);
+ return Result;
+}
+
+static bool resolveBuiltinNewDeleteOverload(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
+ bool IsDelete,
+ FunctionDecl *&Operator) {
+
+ DeclarationName NewName = S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
+ IsDelete ? OO_Delete : OO_New);
+
+ LookupResult R(S, NewName, TheCall->getBeginLoc(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
+ S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
+ assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found");
+ assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous");
+
+ // We do our own custom access checks below.
+ R.suppressDiagnostics();
+
+ SmallVector<Expr *, 8> Args(TheCall->arg_begin(), TheCall->arg_end());
+ OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(),
+ OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
+ for (LookupResult::iterator FnOvl = R.begin(), FnOvlEnd = R.end();
+ FnOvl != FnOvlEnd; ++FnOvl) {
+ // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
+ // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
+ NamedDecl *D = (*FnOvl)->getUnderlyingDecl();
+
+ if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
+ S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, FnOvl.getPair(),
+ /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args,
+ Candidates,
+ /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
+ S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, FnOvl.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
+ /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
+ }
+
+ SourceRange Range = TheCall->getSourceRange();
+
+ // Do the resolution.
+ OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
+ switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
+ case OR_Success: {
+ // Got one!
+ FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
+ assert(R.getNamingClass() == nullptr &&
+ "class members should not be considered");
+
+ if (!FnDecl->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) {
+ S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_builtin_operator_new_delete_not_usual)
+ << (IsDelete ? 1 : 0) << Range;
+ S.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_non_usual_function_declared_here)
+ << R.getLookupName() << FnDecl->getSourceRange();
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ Operator = FnDecl;
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ case OR_No_Viable_Function:
+ Candidates.NoteCandidates(
+ PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(),
+ S.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
+ << R.getLookupName() << Range),
+ S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
+ return true;
+
+ case OR_Ambiguous:
+ Candidates.NoteCandidates(
+ PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(),
+ S.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
+ << R.getLookupName() << Range),
+ S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
+ return true;
+
+ case OR_Deleted: {
+ Candidates.NoteCandidates(
+ PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(), S.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
+ << R.getLookupName() << Range),
+ S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
+}
+
+ExprResult
+Sema::SemaBuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
+ bool IsDelete) {
+ CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
+ if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
+ Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_requires_language)
+ << (IsDelete ? "__builtin_operator_delete" : "__builtin_operator_new")
+ << "C++";
+ return ExprError();
+ }
+ // CodeGen assumes it can find the global new and delete to call,
+ // so ensure that they are declared.
+ DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
+
+ FunctionDecl *OperatorNewOrDelete = nullptr;
+ if (resolveBuiltinNewDeleteOverload(*this, TheCall, IsDelete,
+ OperatorNewOrDelete))
+ return ExprError();
+ assert(OperatorNewOrDelete && "should be found");
+
+ DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNewOrDelete, TheCall->getExprLoc());
+ MarkFunctionReferenced(TheCall->getExprLoc(), OperatorNewOrDelete);
+
+ TheCall->setType(OperatorNewOrDelete->getReturnType());
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i != TheCall->getNumArgs(); ++i) {
+ QualType ParamTy = OperatorNewOrDelete->getParamDecl(i)->getType();
+ InitializedEntity Entity =
+ InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ParamTy, false);
+ ExprResult Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(
+ Entity, TheCall->getArg(i)->getBeginLoc(), TheCall->getArg(i));
+ if (Arg.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+ TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
+ }
+ auto Callee = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(TheCall->getCallee());
+ assert(Callee && Callee->getCastKind() == CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr &&
+ "Callee expected to be implicit cast to a builtin function pointer");
+ Callee->setType(OperatorNewOrDelete->getType());
+
+ return TheCallResult;
+}
+
+void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
+ bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
+ bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
+ SourceLocation DtorLoc) {
+ if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual || isUnevaluatedContext())
+ return;
+
+ // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
+ // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
+ // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
+ // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
+ // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
+ // behavior is undefined.
+ //
+ const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent();
+ // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
+ if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
+ return;
+
+ // If the superclass is in a system header, there's nothing that can be done.
+ // The `delete` (where we emit the warning) can be in a system header,
+ // what matters for this warning is where the deleted type is defined.
+ if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(PointeeRD->getLocation()))
+ return;
+
+ QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType()->getPointeeType();
+ if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
+ // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
+ // sure the code has undefined behavior.
+ Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
+ << ClassType;
+ } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) {
+ // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
+ // but not necessarily wrong.
+ Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
+ << ClassType;
+ }
+ if (!IsDelete) {
+ std::string TypeStr;
+ ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy());
+ Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual)
+ << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::");
+ }
+}
+
+Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
+ SourceLocation StmtLoc,
+ ConditionKind CK) {
+ ExprResult E =
+ CheckConditionVariable(cast<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), StmtLoc, CK);
+ if (E.isInvalid())
+ return ConditionError();
+ return ConditionResult(*this, ConditionVar, MakeFullExpr(E.get(), StmtLoc),
+ CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf);
+}
+
+/// Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
+/// while, do-while, or switch statement.
+ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
+ SourceLocation StmtLoc,
+ ConditionKind CK) {
+ if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
+
+ // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
+ // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
+ if (T->isFunctionType())
+ return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
+ diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
+ << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
+ else if (T->isArrayType())
+ return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
+ diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
+ << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
+
+ ExprResult Condition = BuildDeclRefExpr(
+ ConditionVar, ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue,
+ ConditionVar->getLocation());
+
+ switch (CK) {
+ case ConditionKind::Boolean:
+ return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());
+
+ case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf:
+ return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get(), true);
+
+ case ConditionKind::Switch:
+ return CheckSwitchCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());
+ }
+
+ llvm_unreachable("unexpected condition kind");
+}
+
+/// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
+ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr) {
+ // C++ 6.4p4:
+ // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
+ // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
+ // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
+ // program is ill-formed.
+ // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
+ // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
+ //
+ // FIXME: Return this value to the caller so they don't need to recompute it.
+ llvm::APSInt Value(/*BitWidth*/1);
+ return (IsConstexpr && !CondExpr->isValueDependent())
+ ? CheckConvertedConstantExpression(CondExpr, Context.BoolTy, Value,
+ CCEK_ConstexprIf)
+ : PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
+}
+
+/// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
+/// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
+/// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
+/// respectively).
+bool
+Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
+ // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
+ if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
+ From = Cast->getSubExpr();
+
+ // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
+ // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
+ // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
+ // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
+ if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
+ if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
+ if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
+ = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
+ // This conversion is considered only when there is an
+ // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
+ if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) {
+ switch (StrLit->getKind()) {
+ case StringLiteral::UTF8:
+ case StringLiteral::UTF16:
+ case StringLiteral::UTF32:
+ // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted
+ break;
+ case StringLiteral::Ascii:
+ return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
+ ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S);
+ case StringLiteral::Wide:
+ return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(),
+ QualType(ToPointeeType, 0));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
+ SourceLocation CastLoc,
+ QualType Ty,
+ CastKind Kind,
+ CXXMethodDecl *Method,
+ DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
+ bool HadMultipleCandidates,
+ Expr *From) {
+ switch (Kind) {
+ default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!");
+ case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
+ CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method);
+ SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
+
+ if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty,
+ diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, FoundDecl,
+ InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty));
+ if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(
+ CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
+ ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates,
+ /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
+ CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
+ if (Result.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>());
+ }
+
+ case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
+ assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
+
+ S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl);
+ if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
+ CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method);
+ ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv,
+ HadMultipleCandidates);
+ if (Result.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+ // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
+ Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
+ CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
+ nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind());
+
+ return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
+/// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
+/// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
+/// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
+/// used in the error message.
+ExprResult
+Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
+ const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
+ AssignmentAction Action,
+ CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
+ // C++ [over.match.oper]p7: [...] operands of class type are converted [...]
+ if (CCK == CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp && !From->getType()->isRecordType())
+ return From;
+
+ switch (ICS.getKind()) {
+ case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
+ ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
+ Action, CCK);
+ if (Res.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+ From = Res.get();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
+
+ FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
+ CastKind CastKind;
+ QualType BeforeToType;
+ assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq");
+ if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
+ CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
+
+ // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
+ // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
+ // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
+ BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
+ } else {
+ const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
+ CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
+ // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
+ if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
+ // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
+ // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
+ // the type required by the argument of the constructor
+ BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
+ }
+ }
+ // Watch out for ellipsis conversion.
+ if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
+ ExprResult Res =
+ PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
+ ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
+ CCK);
+ if (Res.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+ From = Res.get();
+ }
+
+ ExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(
+ *this, From->getBeginLoc(), ToType.getNonReferenceType(), CastKind,
+ cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
+ ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, From);
+
+ if (CastArg.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ From = CastArg.get();
+
+ // C++ [over.match.oper]p7:
+ // [...] the second standard conversion sequence of a user-defined
+ // conversion sequence is not applied.
+ if (CCK == CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp)
+ return From;
+
+ return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
+ AA_Converting, CCK);
+ }
+
+ case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
+ ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
+ PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
+ << From->getSourceRange());
+ return ExprError();
+
+ case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
+ llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
+
+ case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
+ bool Diagnosed =
+ DiagnoseAssignmentResult(Incompatible, From->getExprLoc(), ToType,
+ From->getType(), From, Action);
+ assert(Diagnosed && "failed to diagnose bad conversion"); (void)Diagnosed;
+ return ExprError();
+ }
+
+ // Everything went well.
+ return From;
+}
+
+/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
+/// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
+/// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
+/// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
+/// conversion, for use in error messages.
+ExprResult
+Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
+ const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
+ AssignmentAction Action,
+ CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
+ bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
+
+ // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
+ // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
+ // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
+ // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
+ QualType FromType = From->getType();
+
+ if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
+ // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
+ assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
+ if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
+ SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
+ if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
+ From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
+ ConstructorArgs))
+ return ExprError();
+ return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
+ /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
+ SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
+ ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
+ /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
+ CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
+ }
+ return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
+ /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
+ SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
+ From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
+ /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
+ CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
+ }
+
+ // Resolve overloaded function references.
+ if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
+ DeclAccessPair Found;
+ FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
+ true, Found);
+ if (!Fn)
+ return ExprError();
+
+ if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getBeginLoc()))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
+ FromType = From->getType();
+ }
+
+ // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding
+ // non-atomic type.
+ QualType ToAtomicType;
+ if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
+ ToAtomicType = ToType;
+ ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType();
+ }
+
+ QualType InitialFromType = FromType;
+ // Perform the first implicit conversion.
+ switch (SCS.First) {
+ case ICK_Identity:
+ if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
+ FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
+ From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
+ From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: {
+ assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
+ ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From);
+ assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!");
+ From = FromRes.get();
+ FromType = From->getType();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
+ FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
+ VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
+ break;
+
+ case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
+ FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
+ VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion");
+ }
+
+ // Perform the second implicit conversion
+ switch (SCS.Second) {
+ case ICK_Identity:
+ // C++ [except.spec]p5:
+ // [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions,
+ // pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the
+ // target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the
+ // source value in the assignment or initialization.
+ switch (Action) {
+ case AA_Assigning:
+ case AA_Initializing:
+ // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization.
+ case AA_Passing:
+ case AA_Returning:
+ case AA_Sending:
+ case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
+ if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
+ return ExprError();
+ break;
+
+ case AA_Casting:
+ case AA_Converting:
+ // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not
+ // checked for exception specification mismatches.
+ break;
+ }
+ // Nothing else to do.
+ break;
+
+ case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
+ case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
+ if (ToType->isBooleanType()) {
+ assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() &&
+ SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion &&
+ "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool");
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean,
+ VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
+ } else {
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
+ VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
+ case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast,
+ VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
+ break;
+
+ case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
+ case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
+ QualType FromEl = From->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
+ QualType ToEl = ToType->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
+ CastKind CK;
+ if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
+ if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
+ CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
+ else
+ CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
+ } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
+ CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
+ } else {
+ CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
+ }
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK,
+ VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case ICK_Floating_Integral:
+ if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating,
+ VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
+ else
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral,
+ VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
+ break;
+
+ case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
+ VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
+ break;
+
+ case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
+ case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
+ if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
+ // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
+ if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
+ Diag(From->getBeginLoc(),
+ diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
+ << ToType << From->getType() << Action << From->getSourceRange()
+ << 0;
+ else
+ Diag(From->getBeginLoc(),
+ diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
+ << From->getType() << ToType << Action << From->getSourceRange()
+ << 0;
+
+ if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
+ ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
+ EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
+ } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
+ !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType,
+ From->getType())) {
+ if (Action == AA_Initializing)
+ Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign);
+ else
+ Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable)
+ << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType
+ << From->getSourceRange();
+ }
+
+ CastKind Kind;
+ CXXCastPath BasePath;
+ if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary.
+ // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly.
+ if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) {
+ ExprResult E = From;
+ (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E);
+ From = E.get();
+ }
+ if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers())
+ CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK);
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
+ .get();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
+ CastKind Kind;
+ CXXCastPath BasePath;
+ if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
+ return ExprError();
+ if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved
+ // to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model.
+ if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
+ (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType());
+ (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType);
+ }
+
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
+ .get();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
+ // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float.
+ if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) {
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
+ FromType = Context.FloatTy;
+ }
+
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
+ ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType),
+ VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
+ break;
+
+ case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
+ CXXCastPath BasePath;
+ if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(
+ From->getType(), ToType.getNonReferenceType(), From->getBeginLoc(),
+ From->getSourceRange(), &BasePath, CStyle))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
+ CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(),
+ &BasePath, CCK).get();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast,
+ VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
+ break;
+
+ case ICK_Vector_Splat: {
+ // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector.
+ Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get();
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue,
+ /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case ICK_Complex_Real:
+ // Case 1. x -> _Complex y
+ if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
+ QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
+ bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
+
+ // x -> y
+ if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
+ // do nothing
+ } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
+ isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get();
+ } else {
+ assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
+ isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get();
+ }
+ // y -> _Complex y
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
+ isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
+ : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get();
+
+ // Case 2. _Complex x -> y
+ } else {
+ const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
+ assert(FromComplex);
+
+ QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
+ bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
+
+ // _Complex x -> x
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
+ isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
+ : CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
+ VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
+
+ // x -> y
+ if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
+ // do nothing
+ } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
+ isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating,
+ VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
+ } else {
+ assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
+ isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast,
+ VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
+ LangAS AddrSpaceL =
+ ToType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
+ LangAS AddrSpaceR =
+ FromType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
+ assert(Qualifiers::isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(AddrSpaceL, AddrSpaceR) &&
+ "Invalid cast");
+ CastKind Kind =
+ AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast;
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), Kind,
+ VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
+ ExprResult FromRes = From;
+ Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
+ CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
+ if (FromRes.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+ From = FromRes.get();
+ assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
+ "Improper transparent union conversion");
+ (void)ConvTy;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion:
+ case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion:
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
+ CK_ZeroToOCLOpaqueType,
+ From->getValueKind()).get();
+ break;
+
+ case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
+ case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
+ case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
+ case ICK_Function_Conversion:
+ case ICK_Qualification:
+ case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
+ case ICK_C_Only_Conversion:
+ case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion:
+ llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion");
+ }
+
+ switch (SCS.Third) {
+ case ICK_Identity:
+ // Nothing to do.
+ break;
+
+ case ICK_Function_Conversion:
+ // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
+ // be incompatible exception declarations.
+ if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
+ VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
+ break;
+
+ case ICK_Qualification: {
+ // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
+ // target type isn't a reference.
+ ExprValueKind VK =
+ ToType->isReferenceType() ? From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue;
+
+ CastKind CK = CK_NoOp;
+
+ if (ToType->isReferenceType() &&
+ ToType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace() !=
+ From->getType().getAddressSpace())
+ CK = CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
+
+ if (ToType->isPointerType() &&
+ ToType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace() !=
+ From->getType()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace())
+ CK = CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
+
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), CK, VK,
+ /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
+ .get();
+
+ if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
+ !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) {
+ Diag(From->getBeginLoc(),
+ getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
+ ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion
+ : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
+ << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion");
+ }
+
+ // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform
+ // that conversion now.
+ if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) {
+ assert(Context.hasSameType(
+ ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType()));
+ From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic,
+ VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get();
+ }
+
+ // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a
+ // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain.
+ if (!isCast(CCK))
+ diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType,
+ From->getBeginLoc());
+
+ return From;
+}
+
+/// Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
+///
+/// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
+/// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
+/// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
+/// returns true.
+static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT,
+ SourceLocation Loc,
+ QualType ArgTy) {
+ // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
+ // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
+ // that template with a template argument that is a class template
+ // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
+ // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
+ // must be a complete type.
+ // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
+ // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
+ // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
+ switch (UTT) {
+ default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
+ // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
+ case UTT_IsCompleteType:
+ // Fall-through
+
+ // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
+ // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
+ // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
+ // impacted by the completeness of the type.
+ case UTT_IsVoid:
+ case UTT_IsIntegral:
+ case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
+ case UTT_IsArray:
+ case UTT_IsPointer:
+ case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
+ case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
+ case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
+ case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
+ case UTT_IsEnum:
+ case UTT_IsUnion:
+ case UTT_IsClass:
+ case UTT_IsFunction:
+ case UTT_IsReference:
+ case UTT_IsArithmetic:
+ case UTT_IsFundamental:
+ case UTT_IsObject:
+ case UTT_IsScalar:
+ case UTT_IsCompound:
+ case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
+ // Fall-through
+
+ // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
+ // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
+ // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
+ // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
+ // Table 49.
+ case UTT_IsConst:
+ case UTT_IsVolatile:
+ case UTT_IsSigned:
+ case UTT_IsUnsigned:
+
+ // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot.
+ case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
+ return true;
+
+ // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
+ // If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type.
+ case UTT_IsEmpty:
+ case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
+ case UTT_IsAbstract:
+ if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
+ if (!RD->isUnion())
+ return !S.RequireCompleteType(
+ Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
+ return true;
+
+ // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
+ // If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type.
+ case UTT_IsFinal:
+ case UTT_IsSealed:
+ if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
+ return !S.RequireCompleteType(
+ Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
+ return true;
+
+ // C++1z [meta.unary.prop]:
+ // remove_all_extents_t<T> shall be a complete type or cv void.
+ case UTT_IsAggregate:
+ case UTT_IsTrivial:
+ case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
+ case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
+ case UTT_IsPOD:
+ case UTT_IsLiteral:
+ // Per the GCC type traits documentation, T shall be a complete type, cv void,
+ // or an array of unknown bound. But GCC actually imposes the same constraints
+ // as above.
+ case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
+ case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
+ case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
+ case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
+ case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
+ case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
+ case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
+ case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
+ case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
+ case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
+ case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
+ ArgTy = QualType(ArgTy->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(), 0);
+ LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
+
+ // C++1z [meta.unary.prop]:
+ // T shall be a complete type, cv void, or an array of unknown bound.
+ case UTT_IsDestructible:
+ case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
+ case UTT_IsTriviallyDestructible:
+ case UTT_HasUniqueObjectRepresentations:
+ if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || ArgTy->isVoidType())
+ return true;
+
+ return !S.RequireCompleteType(
+ Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
+ }
+}
+
+static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
+ Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C,
+ bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const,
+ bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const,
+ bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const)
+{
+ CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
+ if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)())
+ return true;
+
+ DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
+ DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc);
+ LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
+ if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
+ bool FoundOperator = false;
+ Res.suppressDiagnostics();
+ for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
+ Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
+ if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op))
+ continue;
+
+ CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
+ if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) {
+ FoundOperator = true;
+ const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
+ Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
+ CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
+ if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow())
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ return FoundOperator;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT,
+ SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
+ assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
+
+ ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
+ switch(UTT) {
+ default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
+ // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
+ // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
+ case UTT_IsVoid:
+ return T->isVoidType();
+ case UTT_IsIntegral:
+ return T->isIntegralType(C);
+ case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
+ return T->isFloatingType();
+ case UTT_IsArray:
+ return T->isArrayType();
+ case UTT_IsPointer:
+ return T->isPointerType();
+ case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
+ return T->isLValueReferenceType();
+ case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
+ return T->isRValueReferenceType();
+ case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
+ return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
+ case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
+ return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
+ case UTT_IsEnum:
+ return T->isEnumeralType();
+ case UTT_IsUnion:
+ return T->isUnionType();
+ case UTT_IsClass:
+ return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType();
+ case UTT_IsFunction:
+ return T->isFunctionType();
+
+ // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
+ // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
+ case UTT_IsReference:
+ return T->isReferenceType();
+ case UTT_IsArithmetic:
+ return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
+ case UTT_IsFundamental:
+ return T->isFundamentalType();
+ case UTT_IsObject:
+ return T->isObjectType();
+ case UTT_IsScalar:
+ // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
+ // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
+ // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
+ // operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
+ if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
+ switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
+ case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
+ case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
+ return true;
+
+ case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
+ case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
+ case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return T->isScalarType();
+ case UTT_IsCompound:
+ return T->isCompoundType();
+ case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
+ return T->isMemberPointerType();
+
+ // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
+ // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
+ case UTT_IsConst:
+ return T.isConstQualified();
+ case UTT_IsVolatile:
+ return T.isVolatileQualified();
+ case UTT_IsTrivial:
+ return T.isTrivialType(C);
+ case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
+ return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C);
+ case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
+ return T->isStandardLayoutType();
+ case UTT_IsPOD:
+ return T.isPODType(C);
+ case UTT_IsLiteral:
+ return T->isLiteralType(C);
+ case UTT_IsEmpty:
+ if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
+ return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
+ return false;
+ case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
+ if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
+ return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic();
+ return false;
+ case UTT_IsAbstract:
+ if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
+ return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract();
+ return false;
+ case UTT_IsAggregate:
+ // Report vector extensions and complex types as aggregates because they
+ // support aggregate initialization. GCC mirrors this behavior for vectors
+ // but not _Complex.
+ return T->isAggregateType() || T->isVectorType() || T->isExtVectorType() ||
+ T->isAnyComplexType();
+ // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and
+ // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax
+ // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot.
+ case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
+ return false;
+ case UTT_IsFinal:
+ case UTT_IsSealed:
+ if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
+ return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
+ return false;
+ case UTT_IsSigned:
+ // Enum types should always return false.
+ // Floating points should always return true.
+ return !T->isEnumeralType() && (T->isFloatingType() || T->isSignedIntegerType());
+ case UTT_IsUnsigned:
+ return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();
+
+ // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
+ // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
+ // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
+ // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
+ // specifications.
+ //
+ // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
+ // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
+ //
+ // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class
+ // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind,
+ // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior.
+ // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it
+ // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special
+ // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed.
+ case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
+ // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
+ // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
+ // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
+ // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
+ if (T.isPODType(C))
+ return true;
+ if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
+ return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
+ !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor();
+ return false;
+ case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
+ // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
+ // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
+ // behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3).
+ if (T.isPODType(C))
+ return true;
+ if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
+ return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor();
+ return false;
+ case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
+ // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
+ // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
+ // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
+ // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
+ // is true, else it is false.
+ if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
+ return true;
+ if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
+ return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
+ !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor();
+ return false;
+ case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
+ // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
+ // standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic
+ // behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3)
+ if (T.isPODType(C))
+ return true;
+ if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
+ return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment();
+ return false;
+ case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
+ // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
+ // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
+ // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
+ // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
+ // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
+ // true, else it is false.
+ // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
+ // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
+ // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
+ // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
+ // [class.copy]p12).
+
+ if (T.isConstQualified())
+ return false;
+ if (T.isPODType(C))
+ return true;
+ if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
+ return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() &&
+ !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment();
+ return false;
+ case UTT_IsDestructible:
+ case UTT_IsTriviallyDestructible:
+ case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
+ // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
+ // For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true.
+ if (T->isReferenceType())
+ return true;
+
+ // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
+ if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
+ T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
+ return true;
+
+ // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
+ // For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is
+ // false.
+ if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
+ return false;
+
+ // A type that requires destruction (via a non-trivial destructor or ARC
+ // lifetime semantics) is not trivially-destructible.
+ if (UTT == UTT_IsTriviallyDestructible && T.isDestructedType())
+ return false;
+
+ // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
+ // For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the
+ // expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an
+ // unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true
+ if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
+ CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD);
+ if (!Destructor)
+ return false;
+ // C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2:
+ // A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or
+ // explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed.
+ if (Destructor->isDeleted())
+ return false;
+ if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public)
+ return false;
+ if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) {
+ const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
+ Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
+ CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
+ if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow())
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ return true;
+
+ case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
+ // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
+ // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
+ // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
+ // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
+ // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
+ // false.
+ if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
+ return true;
+
+ // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
+ if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
+ T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
+ return true;
+
+ if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
+ return RD->hasTrivialDestructor();
+ return false;
+ // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
+ case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
+ // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
+ // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
+ // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
+ // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
+ // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
+ // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
+ // false.
+ if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
+ return false;
+ if (T->isReferenceType())
+ return false;
+ if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
+ return true;
+
+ if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
+ return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
+ &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment,
+ &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment,
+ &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator);
+ return false;
+ case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
+ // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
+ // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
+ // behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3).
+ if (T.isPODType(C))
+ return true;
+
+ if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
+ return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
+ &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment,
+ &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment,
+ &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator);
+ return false;
+ case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
+ // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
+ // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
+ // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
+ // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
+ // false.
+ if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
+ return true;
+ if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
+ if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
+ !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
+ return true;
+
+ bool FoundConstructor = false;
+ unsigned FoundTQs;
+ for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
+ // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
+ // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
+ // resolution point.
+ if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
+ continue;
+ // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor
+ if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
+ continue;
+ auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
+ if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
+ FoundConstructor = true;
+ const FunctionProtoType *CPT
+ = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
+ CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
+ if (!CPT)
+ return false;
+ // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
+ // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
+ if (!CPT->isNothrow() || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return FoundConstructor;
+ }
+ return false;
+ case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
+ // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
+ // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
+ // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
+ // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
+ // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
+ if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
+ return true;
+ if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
+ if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
+ !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor())
+ return true;
+
+ bool FoundConstructor = false;
+ for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
+ // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
+ if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
+ continue;
+ // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor
+ if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
+ continue;
+ auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
+ if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
+ FoundConstructor = true;
+ const FunctionProtoType *CPT
+ = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
+ CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
+ if (!CPT)
+ return false;
+ // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
+ // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
+ if (!CPT->isNothrow() || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ return FoundConstructor;
+ }
+ return false;
+ case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
+ // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
+ // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
+ // then the trait is true, else it is false.
+ if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
+ if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
+ return Destructor->isVirtual();
+ return false;
+
+ // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
+ // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
+ // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
+ case UTT_IsCompleteType:
+ // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
+ // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
+ // function call.
+ return !T->isIncompleteType();
+ case UTT_HasUniqueObjectRepresentations:
+ return C.hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(T);
+ }
+}
+
+static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
+ QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc);
+
+static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
+ ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
+ SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
+ if (Kind <= UTT_Last)
+ return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType());
+
+ // Evaluate BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary alongside the IsConstructible
+ // traits to avoid duplication.
+ if (Kind <= BTT_Last && Kind != BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary)
+ return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(),
+ Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc);
+
+ switch (Kind) {
+ case clang::BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary:
+ case clang::TT_IsConstructible:
+ case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible:
+ case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: {
+ // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]:
+ // is_trivially_constructible is defined as:
+ //
+ // is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable
+ // definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call
+ // no operation that is not trivial.
+ //
+ // The predicate condition for a template specialization
+ // is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the
+ // following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented
+ // variable t:
+ //
+ // T t(create<Args>()...);
+ assert(!Args.empty());
+
+ // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be
+ // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of
+ // unknown bound.
+ for (const auto *TSI : Args) {
+ QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType();
+ if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
+ continue;
+
+ if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy,
+ diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type.
+ QualType T = Args[0]->getType();
+ if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
+ return false;
+
+ // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type.
+ CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+ if (RD && RD->isAbstract())
+ return false;
+
+ SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs;
+ SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs;
+ ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1);
+ for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
+ QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType();
+ if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType())
+ ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy);
+ OpaqueArgExprs.push_back(
+ OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
+ ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context),
+ Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy)));
+ }
+ for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs)
+ ArgExprs.push_back(&E);
+
+ // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
+ // trap at translation unit scope.
+ EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
+ S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
+ Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
+ Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
+ InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0]));
+ InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc,
+ RParenLoc));
+ InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
+ if (Init.Failed())
+ return false;
+
+ ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
+ if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
+ return false;
+
+ if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible)
+ return true;
+
+ if (Kind == clang::BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary) {
+ if (!T->isReferenceType())
+ return false;
+
+ return !Init.isDirectReferenceBinding();
+ }
+
+ if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible)
+ return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
+
+ if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) {
+ // Under Objective-C ARC and Weak, if the destination has non-trivial
+ // Objective-C lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
+ if (T.getNonReferenceType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime())
+ return false;
+
+ // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial
+ // calls.
+ return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context);
+ }
+
+ llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
+ return false;
+ }
+ default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT");
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
+ ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
+ SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
+ QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
+
+ if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(
+ *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ bool Dependent = false;
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
+ if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
+ Dependent = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ bool Result = false;
+ if (!Dependent)
+ Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc);
+
+ return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args,
+ RParenLoc, Result);
+}
+
+ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
+ ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
+ SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
+ SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs;
+ ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size());
+
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
+ TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
+ QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo);
+ if (!TInfo)
+ TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc);
+
+ ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);
+ }
+
+ return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc);
+}
+
+static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
+ QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
+ assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
+ "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");
+
+ switch(BTT) {
+ case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
+ // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
+ // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
+ // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
+ // regard to cv-qualifiers.
+
+ const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
+ const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
+ if (!rhsRecord || !lhsRecord) {
+ const ObjCObjectType *LHSObjTy = LhsT->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
+ const ObjCObjectType *RHSObjTy = RhsT->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
+ if (!LHSObjTy || !RHSObjTy)
+ return false;
+
+ ObjCInterfaceDecl *BaseInterface = LHSObjTy->getInterface();
+ ObjCInterfaceDecl *DerivedInterface = RHSObjTy->getInterface();
+ if (!BaseInterface || !DerivedInterface)
+ return false;
+
+ if (Self.RequireCompleteType(
+ KeyLoc, RhsT, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
+ return false;
+
+ return BaseInterface->isSuperClassOf(DerivedInterface);
+ }
+
+ assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
+ == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
+
+ // Unions are never base classes, and never have base classes.
+ // It doesn't matter if they are complete or not. See PR#41843
+ if (lhsRecord && lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion())
+ return false;
+ if (rhsRecord && rhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion())
+ return false;
+
+ if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
+ return true;
+
+ // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
+ // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
+ // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
+ // complete type.
+ if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
+ diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
+ return false;
+
+ return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
+ ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
+ }
+ case BTT_IsSame:
+ return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
+ case BTT_TypeCompatible: {
+ // GCC ignores cv-qualifiers on arrays for this builtin.
+ Qualifiers LhsQuals, RhsQuals;
+ QualType Lhs = Self.getASTContext().getUnqualifiedArrayType(LhsT, LhsQuals);
+ QualType Rhs = Self.getASTContext().getUnqualifiedArrayType(RhsT, RhsQuals);
+ return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(Lhs, Rhs);
+ }
+ case BTT_IsConvertible:
+ case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
+ // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
+ // Given the following function prototype:
+ //
+ // template <class T>
+ // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
+ //
+ // the predicate condition for a template specialization
+ // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
+ // the return expression in the following code would be
+ // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
+ // type of the function:
+ //
+ // To test() {
+ // return create<From>();
+ // }
+ //
+ // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
+ // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
+ // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
+ // is considered.
+ //
+ // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
+ // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
+ // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
+
+ // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types.
+ if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType())
+ return false;
+
+ // A return statement in a void function must have void type.
+ if (RhsT->isVoidType())
+ return LhsT->isVoidType();
+
+ // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type.
+ if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT))
+ return false;
+
+ // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference.
+ if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
+ LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
+
+ // Build a fake source and destination for initialization.
+ InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
+ OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
+ Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
+ Expr *FromPtr = &From;
+ InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
+ SourceLocation()));
+
+ // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
+ // trap at translation unit scope.
+ EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
+ Self, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
+ Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
+ Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
+ InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
+ if (Init.Failed())
+ return false;
+
+ ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
+ return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
+ }
+
+ case BTT_IsAssignable:
+ case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable:
+ case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: {
+ // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3:
+ // is_trivially_assignable is defined as:
+ // is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by
+ // is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial
+ //
+ // is_assignable is defined as:
+ // The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when
+ // treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5).
+ //
+ // For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified)
+ // void, or arrays of unknown bound.
+ if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
+ Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT,
+ diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
+ return false;
+ if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
+ Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
+ diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
+ return false;
+
+ // cv void is never assignable.
+ if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType())
+ return false;
+
+ // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and
+ // declval<U>().
+ if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
+ LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
+ if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType())
+ RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT);
+ OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
+ Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
+ OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
+ Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT));
+
+ // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
+ // trap at translation unit scope.
+ EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
+ Self, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
+ Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
+ Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
+ ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs,
+ &Rhs);
+ if (Result.isInvalid())
+ return false;
+
+ // Treat the assignment as unused for the purpose of -Wdeprecated-volatile.
+ Self.CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(Result.get());
+
+ if (SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
+ return false;
+
+ if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable)
+ return true;
+
+ if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable)
+ return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
+
+ if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) {
+ // Under Objective-C ARC and Weak, if the destination has non-trivial
+ // Objective-C lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
+ if (LhsT.getNonReferenceType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime())
+ return false;
+
+ return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context);
+ }
+
+ llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
+ return false;
+ }
+ default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT");
+ }
+ llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
+}
+
+ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
+ SourceLocation KWLoc,
+ ParsedType Ty,
+ Expr* DimExpr,
+ SourceLocation RParen) {
+ TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
+ QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
+ if (!TSInfo)
+ TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
+
+ return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
+}
+
+static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
+ QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
+ SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
+ assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
+
+ switch(ATT) {
+ case ATT_ArrayRank:
+ if (T->isArrayType()) {
+ unsigned Dim = 0;
+ while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
+ ++Dim;
+ T = AT->getElementType();
+ }
+ return Dim;
+ }
+ return 0;
+
+ case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
+ llvm::APSInt Value;
+ uint64_t Dim;
+ if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value,
+ diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer,
+ false).isInvalid())
+ return 0;
+ if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
+ Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer)
+ << DimExpr->getSourceRange();
+ return 0;
+ }
+ Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
+
+ if (T->isArrayType()) {
+ unsigned D = 0;
+ bool Matched = false;
+ while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
+ if (Dim == D) {
+ Matched = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ ++D;
+ T = AT->getElementType();
+ }
+
+ if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
+ if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
+ return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
+}
+
+ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
+ SourceLocation KWLoc,
+ TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
+ Expr* DimExpr,
+ SourceLocation RParen) {
+ QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
+
+ // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
+ // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
+ uint64_t Value = 0;
+ if (!T->isDependentType())
+ Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
+
+ // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
+ // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
+ // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
+ // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
+ // important distinction.
+ return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr,
+ RParen, Context.getSizeType());
+}
+
+ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
+ SourceLocation KWLoc,
+ Expr *Queried,
+ SourceLocation RParen) {
+ // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
+ if (!Queried)
+ return ExprError();
+
+ ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
+
+ return Result;
+}
+
+static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
+ switch (ET) {
+ case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
+ case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
+ }
+ llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
+}
+
+ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
+ SourceLocation KWLoc,
+ Expr *Queried,
+ SourceLocation RParen) {
+ if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
+ // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
+ } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
+ ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
+ if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
+ return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen);
+ }
+
+ bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);
+
+ return new (Context)
+ ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy);
+}
+
+QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
+ ExprValueKind &VK,
+ SourceLocation Loc,
+ bool isIndirect) {
+ assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
+ !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
+ "placeholders should have been weeded out by now");
+
+ // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*, and undergoes the
+ // temporary materialization conversion otherwise.
+ if (isIndirect)
+ LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
+ else if (LHS.get()->isRValue())
+ LHS = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHS.get());
+ if (LHS.isInvalid())
+ return QualType();
+
+ // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
+ RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
+ if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
+
+ const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
+ // C++ 5.5p2
+ // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
+ // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
+ // class type) [...]
+ QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
+ const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
+ if (!MemPtr) {
+ Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
+ << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
+ return QualType();
+ }
+
+ QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
+
+ // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
+ // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
+ // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
+ // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
+ // likely to be considered a defect.
+
+ // C++ 5.5p2
+ // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
+ // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
+ // such a class]
+ QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
+ if (isIndirect) {
+ if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
+ LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
+ else {
+ Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
+ << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType
+ << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
+ return QualType();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) {
+ // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
+ if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs,
+ OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) {
+ return QualType();
+ }
+
+ if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) {
+ Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
+ << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType();
+ return QualType();
+ }
+
+ CXXCastPath BasePath;
+ if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(
+ LHSType, Class, Loc,
+ SourceRange(LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(), RHS.get()->getEndLoc()),
+ &BasePath))
+ return QualType();
+
+ // Cast LHS to type of use.
+ QualType UseType = Context.getQualifiedType(Class, LHSType.getQualifiers());
+ if (isIndirect)
+ UseType = Context.getPointerType(UseType);
+ ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind();
+ LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
+ &BasePath);
+ }
+
+ if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
+ // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
+ // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
+ Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
+ return QualType();
+ }
+
+ // C++ 5.5p2
+ // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
+ // second operand.
+ // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
+ // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
+ QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
+ Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers());
+
+ // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
+ // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
+ // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
+ // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
+ // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
+ // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
+ if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
+ switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
+ case RQ_None:
+ // Do nothing
+ break;
+
+ case RQ_LValue:
+ if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) {
+ // C++2a allows functions with ref-qualifier & if their cv-qualifier-seq
+ // is (exactly) 'const'.
+ if (Proto->isConst() && !Proto->isVolatile())
+ Diag(Loc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a
+ ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_pointer_to_const_ref_member_on_rvalue
+ : diag::ext_pointer_to_const_ref_member_on_rvalue);
+ else
+ Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
+ << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RQ_RValue:
+ if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
+ Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
+ << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
+ // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
+ // to a data member is of the same value category as its
+ // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
+ // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
+ // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
+ // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
+ if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
+ VK = VK_RValue;
+ return Context.BoundMemberTy;
+ } else if (isIndirect) {
+ VK = VK_LValue;
+ } else {
+ VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
+ }
+
+ return Result;
+}
+
+/// Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3.
+///
+/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
+/// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
+/// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
+/// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
+/// as such.
+static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
+ SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
+ bool &HaveConversion,
+ QualType &ToType) {
+ HaveConversion = false;
+ ToType = To->getType();
+
+ InitializationKind Kind =
+ InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getBeginLoc(), SourceLocation());
+ // C++11 5.16p3
+ // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
+ // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
+ // as follows:
+ // -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
+ // implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the
+ // constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to
+ // an lvalue.
+ // -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
+ // implicitly converted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to
+ // the constraint that the reference must bind directly.
+ if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) {
+ QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType)
+ : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType);
+
+ InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
+
+ InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
+ if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
+ ToType = T;
+ HaveConversion = true;
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
+ return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
+ }
+
+ // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
+ // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
+ // the same or one is a base class of the other:
+ QualType FTy = From->getType();
+ QualType TTy = To->getType();
+ const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
+ const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
+ bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
+ Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy);
+ if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT ||
+ Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) {
+ // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
+ // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
+ // [cv2 > cv1].
+ if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
+ if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
+ InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
+ InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
+ if (InitSeq) {
+ HaveConversion = true;
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
+ return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
+ // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
+ // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
+ // an rvalue).
+ //
+ // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
+ // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
+ TTy = TTy.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context);
+
+ InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
+ InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
+ HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
+ ToType = TTy;
+ if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
+ return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
+///
+/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
+/// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
+/// conversion to a common type.
+static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
+ SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
+ Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
+ OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc,
+ OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
+ Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args,
+ CandidateSet);
+
+ OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
+ switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
+ case OR_Success: {
+ // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
+ ExprResult LHSRes = Self.PerformImplicitConversion(
+ LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0],
+ Sema::AA_Converting);
+ if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
+ break;
+ LHS = LHSRes;
+
+ ExprResult RHSRes = Self.PerformImplicitConversion(
+ RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinParamTypes[1], Best->Conversions[1],
+ Sema::AA_Converting);
+ if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
+ break;
+ RHS = RHSRes;
+ if (Best->Function)
+ Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ case OR_No_Viable_Function:
+
+ // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
+ // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
+ // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
+ if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
+ return true;
+
+ Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
+ << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
+ << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
+ return true;
+
+ case OR_Ambiguous:
+ Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
+ << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
+ << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
+ // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
+ // the viable candidates.
+ break;
+
+ case OR_Deleted:
+ llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/// Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
+/// TryClassUnification.
+static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
+ InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
+ InitializationKind Kind =
+ InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getBeginLoc(), SourceLocation());
+ Expr *Arg = E.get();
+ InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
+ ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
+ if (Result.isInvalid())
+ return true;
+
+ E = Result;
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
+///
+/// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
+/// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
+QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
+ ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
+ ExprObjectKind &OK,
+ SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
+ // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
+ // interface pointers.
+
+ // C++11 [expr.cond]p1
+ // The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
+ //
+ // FIXME; GCC's vector extension permits the use of a?b:c where the type of
+ // a is that of a integer vector with the same number of elements and
+ // size as the vectors of b and c. If one of either b or c is a scalar
+ // it is implicitly converted to match the type of the vector.
+ // Otherwise the expression is ill-formed. If both b and c are scalars,
+ // then b and c are checked and converted to the type of a if possible.
+ // Unlike the OpenCL ?: operator, the expression is evaluated as
+ // (a[0] != 0 ? b[0] : c[0], .. , a[n] != 0 ? b[n] : c[n]).
+ if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
+ ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get());
+ if (CondRes.isInvalid())
+ return QualType();
+ Cond = CondRes;
+ }
+
+ // Assume r-value.
+ VK = VK_RValue;
+ OK = OK_Ordinary;
+
+ // Either of the arguments dependent?
+ if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
+ return Context.DependentTy;
+
+ // C++11 [expr.cond]p2
+ // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
+ QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
+ QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
+ bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
+ bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
+ if (LVoid || RVoid) {
+ // ... one of the following shall hold:
+ // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly
+ // parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type
+ // and value category of the other.
+ bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
+ bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
+ if (LThrow != RThrow) {
+ Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get();
+ VK = NonThrow->getValueKind();
+ // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the
+ // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field.
+ OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind();
+ return NonThrow->getType();
+ }
+
+ // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
+ // type void and is a prvalue.
+ if (LVoid && RVoid)
+ return Context.VoidTy;
+
+ // Neither holds, error.
+ Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
+ << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
+ << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
+ return QualType();
+ }
+
+ // Neither is void.
+
+ // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
+ // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
+ // either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of
+ // those operands to the type of the other.
+ if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
+ (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
+ // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
+ QualType L2RType, R2LType;
+ bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
+ if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
+ return QualType();
+ if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
+ return QualType();
+
+ // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
+ if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
+ Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
+ << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
+ return QualType();
+ }
+
+ // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
+ // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
+ // original operands for the remainder of this section.
+ if (HaveL2R) {
+ if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
+ return QualType();
+ LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
+ } else if (HaveR2L) {
+ if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
+ return QualType();
+ RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
+ }
+ }
+
+ // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
+ // if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except
+ // for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those
+ // operands to the type of the other.
+ // FIXME:
+ // Resolving a defect in P0012R1: we extend this to cover all cases where
+ // one of the operands is reference-compatible with the other, in order
+ // to support conditionals between functions differing in noexcept.
+ ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
+ ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
+ if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
+ LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) {
+ // DerivedToBase was already handled by the class-specific case above.
+ // FIXME: Should we allow ObjC conversions here?
+ bool DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion,
+ FunctionConversion;
+ if (CompareReferenceRelationship(QuestionLoc, LTy, RTy, DerivedToBase,
+ ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion,
+ FunctionConversion) == Ref_Compatible &&
+ !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion &&
+ // [...] subject to the constraint that the reference must bind
+ // directly [...]
+ !RHS.get()->refersToBitField() && !RHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) {
+ RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
+ RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
+ } else if (CompareReferenceRelationship(
+ QuestionLoc, RTy, LTy, DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion,
+ ObjCLifetimeConversion,
+ FunctionConversion) == Ref_Compatible &&
+ !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion &&
+ !LHS.get()->refersToBitField() &&
+ !LHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) {
+ LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
+ LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
+ }
+ }
+
+ // C++11 [expr.cond]p4
+ // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
+ // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
+ // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
+ // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
+ // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
+ // l-values.
+ bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
+ if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue &&
+ LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
+ RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
+ VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
+ if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
+ RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
+ OK = OK_BitField;
+
+ // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their
+ // exception specifications, if any.
+ if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
+ Qualifiers Qs = LTy.getQualifiers();
+ LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
+ /*ConvertArgs*/false);
+ LTy = Context.getQualifiedType(LTy, Qs);
+
+ assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "
+ "canonically equivalent function ptr types");
+ assert(Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && "bad composite pointer type");
+ }
+
+ return LTy;
+ }
+
+ // C++11 [expr.cond]p5
+ // Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands
+ // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
+ if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
+ // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
+ // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
+ // program is ill-formed.
+ if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
+ return QualType();
+ }
+
+ // C++11 [expr.cond]p6
+ // Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
+ // conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
+ LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
+ RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
+ if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
+ return QualType();
+ LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
+ RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
+
+ // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
+ // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
+ // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
+ // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
+ // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
+ // operand depending on the value of the first operand.
+ if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
+ if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
+ // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
+ InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
+
+ ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
+ SourceLocation(),
+ LHS);
+ if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
+ return QualType();
+
+ ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
+ SourceLocation(),
+ RHS);
+ if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
+ return QualType();
+
+ LHS = LHSCopy;
+ RHS = RHSCopy;
+ }
+
+ // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their
+ // exception specifications, if any.
+ if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
+ LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
+ assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "
+ "canonically equivalent function ptr types");
+ }
+
+ return LTy;
+ }
+
+ // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
+ if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
+ return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
+ /*AllowBothBool*/true,
+ /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
+
+ // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
+ // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
+ // common type, and the result is of that type.
+ if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
+ QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
+ if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
+ return QualType();
+ if (ResTy.isNull()) {
+ Diag(QuestionLoc,
+ diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy
+ << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
+ return QualType();
+ }
+
+ LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
+ RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
+
+ return ResTy;
+ }
+
+ // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
+ // type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null
+ // pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer
+ // conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them
+ // to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite
+ // pointer type.
+ // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
+ // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
+ // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
+ // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
+ // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
+ // operand. The result is of the common type.
+ QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
+ if (!Composite.isNull())
+ return Composite;
+
+ // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
+ Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
+ if (!Composite.isNull())
+ return Composite;
+
+ // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
+ if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
+ return QualType();
+
+ Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
+ << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
+ << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
+ return QualType();
+}
+
+static FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo
+mergeExceptionSpecs(Sema &S, FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI1,
+ FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI2,
+ SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionTypeStorage) {
+ ExceptionSpecificationType EST1 = ESI1.Type;
+ ExceptionSpecificationType EST2 = ESI2.Type;
+
+ // If either of them can throw anything, that is the result.
+ if (EST1 == EST_None) return ESI1;
+ if (EST2 == EST_None) return ESI2;
+ if (EST1 == EST_MSAny) return ESI1;
+ if (EST2 == EST_MSAny) return ESI2;
+ if (EST1 == EST_NoexceptFalse) return ESI1;
+ if (EST2 == EST_NoexceptFalse) return ESI2;
+
+ // If either of them is non-throwing, the result is the other.
+ if (EST1 == EST_NoThrow) return ESI2;
+ if (EST2 == EST_NoThrow) return ESI1;
+ if (EST1 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI2;
+ if (EST2 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI1;
+ if (EST1 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI2;
+ if (EST2 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI1;
+ if (EST1 == EST_NoexceptTrue) return ESI2;
+ if (EST2 == EST_NoexceptTrue) return ESI1;
+
+ // If we're left with value-dependent computed noexcept expressions, we're
+ // stuck. Before C++17, we can just drop the exception specification entirely,
+ // since it's not actually part of the canonical type. And this should never
+ // happen in C++17, because it would mean we were computing the composite
+ // pointer type of dependent types, which should never happen.
+ if (EST1 == EST_DependentNoexcept || EST2 == EST_DependentNoexcept) {
+ assert(!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
+ "computing composite pointer type of dependent types");
+ return FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo();
+ }
+
+ // Switch over the possibilities so that people adding new values know to
+ // update this function.
+ switch (EST1) {
+ case EST_None:
+ case EST_DynamicNone:
+ case EST_MSAny:
+ case EST_BasicNoexcept:
+ case EST_DependentNoexcept:
+ case EST_NoexceptFalse:
+ case EST_NoexceptTrue:
+ case EST_NoThrow:
+ llvm_unreachable("handled above");
+
+ case EST_Dynamic: {
+ // This is the fun case: both exception specifications are dynamic. Form
+ // the union of the two lists.
+ assert(EST2 == EST_Dynamic && "other cases should already be handled");
+ llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> Found;
+ for (auto &Exceptions : {ESI1.Exceptions, ESI2.Exceptions})
+ for (QualType E : Exceptions)
+ if (Found.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(E)).second)
+ ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(E);
+
+ FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo Result(EST_Dynamic);
+ Result.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage;
+ return Result;
+ }
+
+ case EST_Unevaluated:
+ case EST_Uninstantiated:
+ case EST_Unparsed:
+ llvm_unreachable("shouldn't see unresolved exception specifications here");
+ }
+
+ llvm_unreachable("invalid ExceptionSpecificationType");
+}
+
+/// Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
+///
+/// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1
+/// and @p E2 according to C++1z 5p14. It converts both expressions to this
+/// type and returns it.
+/// It does not emit diagnostics.
+///
+/// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
+/// be converted to the composite pointer type.
+///
+/// \param ConvertArgs If \c false, do not convert E1 and E2 to the target type.
+QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
+ Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
+ bool ConvertArgs) {
+ assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
+
+ // C++1z [expr]p14:
+ // The composite pointer type of two operands p1 and p2 having types T1
+ // and T2
+ QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
+
+ // where at least one is a pointer or pointer to member type or
+ // std::nullptr_t is:
+ bool T1IsPointerLike = T1->isAnyPointerType() || T1->isMemberPointerType() ||
+ T1->isNullPtrType();
+ bool T2IsPointerLike = T2->isAnyPointerType() || T2->isMemberPointerType() ||
+ T2->isNullPtrType();
+ if (!T1IsPointerLike && !T2IsPointerLike)
+ return QualType();
+
+ // - if both p1 and p2 are null pointer constants, std::nullptr_t;
+ // This can't actually happen, following the standard, but we also use this
+ // to implement the end of [expr.conv], which hits this case.
+ //
+ // - if either p1 or p2 is a null pointer constant, T2 or T1, respectively;
+ if (T1IsPointerLike &&
+ E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
+ if (ConvertArgs)
+ E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, T1->isMemberPointerType()
+ ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
+ : CK_NullToPointer).get();
+ return T1;
+ }
+ if (T2IsPointerLike &&
+ E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
+ if (ConvertArgs)
+ E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, T2->isMemberPointerType()
+ ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
+ : CK_NullToPointer).get();
+ return T2;
+ }
+
+ // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
+ if (!T1IsPointerLike || !T2IsPointerLike)
+ return QualType();
+ assert(!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() &&
+ "nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant");
+
+ // - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to cv1 void" and the other type is
+ // "pointer to cv2 T", "pointer to cv12 void", where cv12 is
+ // the union of cv1 and cv2;
+ // - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to noexcept function" and the other type is
+ // "pointer to function", where the function types are otherwise the same,
+ // "pointer to function";
+ // FIXME: This rule is defective: it should also permit removing noexcept
+ // from a pointer to member function. As a Clang extension, we also
+ // permit removing 'noreturn', so we generalize this rule to;
+ // - [Clang] If T1 and T2 are both of type "pointer to function" or
+ // "pointer to member function" and the pointee types can be unified
+ // by a function pointer conversion, that conversion is applied
+ // before checking the following rules.
+ // - if T1 is "pointer to cv1 C1" and T2 is "pointer to cv2 C2", where C1
+ // is reference-related to C2 or C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3),
+ // the cv-combined type of T1 and T2 or the cv-combined type of T2 and T1,
+ // respectively;
+ // - if T1 is "pointer to member of C1 of type cv1 U1" and T2 is "pointer
+ // to member of C2 of type cv2 U2" where C1 is reference-related to C2 or
+ // C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), the cv-combined type of T2 and
+ // T1 or the cv-combined type of T1 and T2, respectively;
+ // - if T1 and T2 are similar types (4.5), the cv-combined type of T1 and
+ // T2;
+ //
+ // If looked at in the right way, these bullets all do the same thing.
+ // What we do here is, we build the two possible cv-combined types, and try
+ // the conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two
+ // composite types are the same, we have succeeded.
+ // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
+ //
+ // Note that this will fail to find a composite pointer type for "pointer
+ // to void" and "pointer to function". We can't actually perform the final
+ // conversion in this case, even though a composite pointer type formally
+ // exists.
+ SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierUnion;
+ SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> MemberOfClass;
+ QualType Composite1 = T1;
+ QualType Composite2 = T2;
+ unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
+ while (true) {
+ const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
+ if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
+ (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
+ Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
+ Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
+
+ // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
+ // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
+ if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
+ NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
+
+ QualifierUnion.push_back(
+ Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
+ MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr));
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
+ if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
+ (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
+ Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
+ Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
+
+ // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
+ // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
+ if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
+ NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
+
+ QualifierUnion.push_back(
+ Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
+ MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
+ MemPtr2->getClass()));
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // FIXME: block pointer types?
+
+ // Cannot unwrap any more types.
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Apply the function pointer conversion to unify the types. We've already
+ // unwrapped down to the function types, and we want to merge rather than
+ // just convert, so do this ourselves rather than calling
+ // IsFunctionConversion.
+ //
+ // FIXME: In order to match the standard wording as closely as possible, we
+ // currently only do this under a single level of pointers. Ideally, we would
+ // allow this in general, and set NeedConstBefore to the relevant depth on
+ // the side(s) where we changed anything.
+ if (QualifierUnion.size() == 1) {
+ if (auto *FPT1 = Composite1->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
+ if (auto *FPT2 = Composite2->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
+ FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI1 = FPT1->getExtProtoInfo();
+ FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI2 = FPT2->getExtProtoInfo();
+
+ // The result is noreturn if both operands are.
+ bool Noreturn =
+ EPI1.ExtInfo.getNoReturn() && EPI2.ExtInfo.getNoReturn();
+ EPI1.ExtInfo = EPI1.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn);
+ EPI2.ExtInfo = EPI2.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn);
+
+ // The result is nothrow if both operands are.
+ SmallVector<QualType, 8> ExceptionTypeStorage;
+ EPI1.ExceptionSpec = EPI2.ExceptionSpec =
+ mergeExceptionSpecs(*this, EPI1.ExceptionSpec, EPI2.ExceptionSpec,
+ ExceptionTypeStorage);
+
+ Composite1 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT1->getReturnType(),
+ FPT1->getParamTypes(), EPI1);
+ Composite2 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT2->getReturnType(),
+ FPT2->getParamTypes(), EPI2);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (NeedConstBefore) {
+ // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
+ // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
+ // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
+ for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I)
+ if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0)
+ QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
+ }
+
+ // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
+ auto MOC = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
+ for (unsigned CVR : llvm::reverse(QualifierUnion)) {
+ Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR);
+ auto Classes = *MOC++;
+ if (Classes.first && Classes.second) {
+ // Rebuild member pointer type
+ Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
+ Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), Classes.first);
+ Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
+ Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), Classes.second);
+ } else {
+ // Rebuild pointer type
+ Composite1 =
+ Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
+ Composite2 =
+ Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
+ }
+ }
+
+ struct Conversion {
+ Sema &S;
+ Expr *&E1, *&E2;
+ QualType Composite;
+ InitializedEntity Entity;
+ InitializationKind Kind;
+ InitializationSequence E1ToC, E2ToC;
+ bool Viable;
+
+ Conversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
+ QualType Composite)
+ : S(S), E1(E1), E2(E2), Composite(Composite),
+ Entity(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite)),
+ Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation())),
+ E1ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E1), E2ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E2),
+ Viable(E1ToC && E2ToC) {}
+
+ bool perform() {
+ ExprResult E1Result = E1ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E1);
+ if (E1Result.isInvalid())
+ return true;
+ E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
+
+ ExprResult E2Result = E2ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E2);
+ if (E2Result.isInvalid())
+ return true;
+ E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
+
+ return false;
+ }
+ };
+
+ // Try to convert to each composite pointer type.
+ Conversion C1(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite1);
+ if (C1.Viable && Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
+ if (ConvertArgs && C1.perform())
+ return QualType();
+ return C1.Composite;
+ }
+ Conversion C2(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite2);
+
+ if (C1.Viable == C2.Viable) {
+ // Either Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different, or
+ // neither is viable.
+ // FIXME: How both be viable and different?
+ return QualType();
+ }
+
+ // Convert to the chosen type.
+ if (ConvertArgs && (C1.Viable ? C1 : C2).perform())
+ return QualType();
+
+ return C1.Viable ? C1.Composite : C2.Composite;
+}
+
+ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
+ if (!E)
+ return ExprError();
+
+ assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
+
+ // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
+ if (!E->isRValue())
+ return E;
+
+ // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
+ // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
+ if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
+ E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {
+
+ bool ReturnsRetained;
+
+ // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
+ // called value.
+ if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
+ Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
+ QualType T = Callee->getType();
+
+ if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
+ // Handle pointer-to-members.
+ if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
+ T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
+ else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
+ T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
+ }
+
+ if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
+ T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
+ else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
+ T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
+ else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
+ T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
+
+ const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
+ assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
+ ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();
+
+ // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
+ // type always produce a +1 object.
+ } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
+ ReturnsRetained = true;
+
+ // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization;
+ // we don't want any extra casts here.
+ } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) &&
+ isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) {
+ return E;
+
+ // For message sends and property references, we try to find an
+ // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
+ // cases where we don't have an actual method.
+ } else {
+ ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr;
+ if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
+ D = Send->getMethodDecl();
+ } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
+ D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod();
+ } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) {
+ // Don't do reclaims if we're using the zero-element array
+ // constant.
+ if (ArrayLit->getNumElements() == 0 &&
+ Context.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.hasEmptyCollections())
+ return E;
+
+ D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod();
+ } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit
+ = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) {
+ // Don't do reclaims if we're using the zero-element dictionary
+ // constant.
+ if (DictLit->getNumElements() == 0 &&
+ Context.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.hasEmptyCollections())
+ return E;
+
+ D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod();
+ }
+
+ ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());
+
+ // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their
+ // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually
+ // return an object.
+ if (!ReturnsRetained &&
+ D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector)
+ return E;
+ }
+
+ // Don't reclaim an object of Class type.
+ if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
+ return E;
+
+ Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
+
+ CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject
+ : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject);
+ return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr,
+ VK_RValue);
+ }
+
+ if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
+ return E;
+
+ // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with
+ // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType.
+ const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr());
+ const RecordType *RT = nullptr;
+ while (!RT) {
+ switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
+ case Type::Record:
+ RT = cast<RecordType>(T);
+ break;
+ case Type::ConstantArray:
+ case Type::IncompleteArray:
+ case Type::VariableArray:
+ case Type::DependentSizedArray:
+ T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
+ break;
+ default:
+ return E;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're
+ // not processing a decltype expression.
+ CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
+ if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext())
+ return E;
+
+ bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext ==
+ ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype;
+ CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD);
+
+ if (Destructor) {
+ MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
+ CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
+ PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
+ << E->getType());
+ if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy.
+ if (Destructor->isTrivial())
+ return E;
+
+ // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
+ Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
+ }
+
+ CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
+ CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E);
+
+ if (IsDecltype)
+ ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind);
+
+ return Bind;
+}
+
+ExprResult
+Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
+ if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get());
+}
+
+Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
+ assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!");
+
+ CleanupVarDeclMarking();
+
+ unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects;
+ assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup);
+ assert(Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() ||
+ ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
+ if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
+ return SubExpr;
+
+ auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
+ ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);
+
+ auto *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(
+ Context, SubExpr, Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), Cleanups);
+ DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
+
+ return E;
+}
+
+Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
+ assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!");
+
+ CleanupVarDeclMarking();
+
+ if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
+ return SubStmt;
+
+ // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
+ // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
+ // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
+ // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
+ CompoundStmt *CompStmt = CompoundStmt::Create(
+ Context, SubStmt, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation());
+ Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
+ SourceLocation());
+ return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
+}
+
+/// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions,
+/// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and
+/// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the
+/// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression.
+ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) {
+ assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext ==
+ ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype &&
+ "not in a decltype expression");
+
+ ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
+ if (Result.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+ E = Result.get();
+
+ // C++11 [expr.call]p11:
+ // If a function call is a prvalue of object type,
+ // -- if the function call is either
+ // -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or
+ // -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a
+ // decltype-specifier,
+ // a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue.
+
+ // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the
+ // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any.
+ if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
+ ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr());
+ if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+ if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr())
+ return E;
+ return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get());
+ }
+ if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
+ if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
+ ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS());
+ if (RHS.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+ if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS())
+ return E;
+ return new (Context) BinaryOperator(
+ BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(),
+ BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getFPFeatures());
+ }
+ }
+
+ CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E);
+ CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr())
+ : nullptr;
+ if (TopCall)
+ E = TopCall;
+ else
+ TopBind = nullptr;
+
+ // Disable the special decltype handling now.
+ ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext =
+ ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other;
+
+ Result = CheckUnevaluatedOperand(E);
+ if (Result.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+ E = Result.get();
+
+ // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a
+ // decltype expression.
+ if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
+ return E;
+
+ // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point.
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size();
+ I != N; ++I) {
+ CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I];
+ if (Call == TopCall)
+ continue;
+
+ if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context),
+ Call->getBeginLoc(), Call, Call->getDirectCallee()))
+ return ExprError();
+ }
+
+ // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible
+ // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries.
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size();
+ I != N; ++I) {
+ CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind =
+ ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I];
+ if (Bind == TopBind)
+ continue;
+
+ CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary();
+
+ CXXRecordDecl *RD =
+ Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+ CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
+ Temp->setDestructor(Destructor);
+
+ MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
+ CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
+ PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
+ << Bind->getType());
+ if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc()))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
+ Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
+ }
+
+ // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
+ return E;
+}
+
+/// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access.
+static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S,
+ ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) {
+ unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0;
+ // FIXME: Make this configurable?
+ unsigned Limit = 9;
+ if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) {
+ // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note.
+ SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2;
+ SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1);
+ }
+
+ for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) {
+ if (I == SkipStart) {
+ S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(),
+ diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed)
+ << SkipCount;
+ I += SkipCount;
+ } else {
+ S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here)
+ << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType();
+ ++I;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
+ SourceLocation OpLoc,
+ tok::TokenKind OpKind,
+ ParsedType &ObjectType,
+ bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
+ // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
+ ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
+ if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
+ Base = Result.get();
+
+ Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
+ if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
+ Base = Result.get();
+
+ QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
+ MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
+ if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
+ // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
+ // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
+ // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
+ if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
+ if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
+ BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
+
+ ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
+ MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
+ return Base;
+ }
+
+ // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
+ // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value
+ // returned, with the original second operand.
+ if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
+ QualType StartingType = BaseType;
+ bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false;
+ bool FirstIteration = true;
+ FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
+ // The set of types we've considered so far.
+ llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
+ SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows;
+ CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
+
+ while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
+ if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) {
+ Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded)
+ << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange();
+ noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
+ Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth)
+ << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth;
+ return ExprError();
+ }
+
+ Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(
+ S, Base, OpLoc,
+ // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration,
+ // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a
+ // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here
+ // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself.
+ (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
+ ? nullptr
+ : &NoArrowOperatorFound);
+ if (Result.isInvalid()) {
+ if (NoArrowOperatorFound) {
+ if (FirstIteration) {
+ Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
+ << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange()
+ << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
+ OpKind = tok::period;
+ break;
+ }
+ Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
+ << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange();
+ CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base);
+ if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) {
+ Diag(CD->getBeginLoc(),
+ diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow);
+ }
+ }
+ return ExprError();
+ }
+ Base = Result.get();
+ if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
+ OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee());
+ BaseType = Base->getType();
+ CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
+ if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) {
+ Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType;
+ noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
+ return ExprError();
+ }
+ FirstIteration = false;
+ }
+
+ if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
+ if (BaseType->isPointerType())
+ BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
+ else if (auto *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(BaseType))
+ BaseType = AT->getElementType();
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types,
+ // so adjust the base type to the object type itself.
+ if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
+ BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
+
+ // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
+ // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
+ // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
+ // postfix-expression.
+ //
+ // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name.
+ // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor
+ // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and
+ // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor
+ // call. We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process,
+ // so just skip this check for ObjC types.
+ if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
+ ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
+ MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
+ return Base;
+ }
+
+ // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or
+ // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3:
+ // Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to
+ // be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside
+ // the member function body.
+ if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
+ !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) &&
+ RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
+ // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
+ // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
+ // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
+ // up in the scope of class C. [...]
+ ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
+ return Base;
+}
+
+static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base,
+ tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
+ if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) {
+ ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
+ if (result.isInvalid()) return true;
+ Base = result.get();
+ }
+ ObjectType = Base->getType();
+
+ // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
+ // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
+ // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
+ // This scalar type is the object type.
+ // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the
+ // arrow operator.
+ if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
+ if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
+ ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
+ } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
+ // The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it.
+ S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
+ << ObjectType << true
+ << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
+ if (S.isSFINAEContext())
+ return true;
+
+ OpKind = tok::period;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// Check if it's ok to try and recover dot pseudo destructor calls on
+/// pointer objects.
+static bool
+canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects(Sema &SemaRef,
+ QualType DestructedType) {
+ // If this is a record type, check if its destructor is callable.
+ if (auto *RD = DestructedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
+ if (RD->hasDefinition())
+ if (CXXDestructorDecl *D = SemaRef.LookupDestructor(RD))
+ return SemaRef.CanUseDecl(D, /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // Otherwise, check if it's a type for which it's valid to use a pseudo-dtor.
+ return DestructedType->isDependentType() || DestructedType->isScalarType() ||
+ DestructedType->isVectorType();
+}
+
+ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
+ SourceLocation OpLoc,
+ tok::TokenKind OpKind,
+ const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+ TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
+ SourceLocation CCLoc,
+ SourceLocation TildeLoc,
+ PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) {
+ TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
+
+ QualType ObjectType;
+ if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() &&
+ !ObjectType->isVectorType()) {
+ if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType())
+ Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange();
+ else {
+ Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
+ << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
+ return ExprError();
+ }
+ }
+
+ // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
+ // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
+ // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
+ if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
+ QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
+ SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
+ = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
+ if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
+ if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
+ // Detect dot pseudo destructor calls on pointer objects, e.g.:
+ // Foo *foo;
+ // foo.~Foo();
+ if (OpKind == tok::period && ObjectType->isPointerType() &&
+ Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType,
+ ObjectType->getPointeeType())) {
+ auto Diagnostic =
+ Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
+ << ObjectType << /*IsArrow=*/0 << Base->getSourceRange();
+
+ // Issue a fixit only when the destructor is valid.
+ if (canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects(
+ *this, DestructedType))
+ Diagnostic << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
+
+ // Recover by setting the object type to the destructed type and the
+ // operator to '->'.
+ ObjectType = DestructedType;
+ OpKind = tok::arrow;
+ } else {
+ Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
+ << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
+ << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
+
+ // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
+ DestructedType = ObjectType;
+ DestructedTypeInfo =
+ Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, DestructedTypeStart);
+ Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
+ }
+ } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
+ ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
+
+ if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
+ // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
+ // type.
+ } else {
+ Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
+ << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
+ << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
+ }
+
+ // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
+ DestructedType = ObjectType;
+ DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
+ DestructedTypeStart);
+ Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
+ // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
+ // form
+ //
+ // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
+ //
+ // shall designate the same scalar type.
+ if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
+ QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
+ if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
+ !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
+
+ Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
+ diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
+ << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
+ << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
+
+ ScopeType = QualType();
+ ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ Expr *Result
+ = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
+ OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
+ SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
+ ScopeTypeInfo,
+ CCLoc,
+ TildeLoc,
+ Destructed);
+
+ return Result;
+}
+
+ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
+ SourceLocation OpLoc,
+ tok::TokenKind OpKind,
+ CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+ UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
+ SourceLocation CCLoc,
+ SourceLocation TildeLoc,
+ UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) {
+ assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
+ FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) &&
+ "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
+ assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
+ SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) &&
+ "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
+
+ QualType ObjectType;
+ if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
+ // record types and dependent types matter.
+ ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
+ if (!SS.isSet()) {
+ if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
+ ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
+ else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
+ ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
+ }
+
+ // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
+ // type (with source-location information).
+ QualType DestructedType;
+ TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr;
+ PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
+ if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
+ ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
+ SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
+ S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup,
+ /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
+ if (!T &&
+ ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
+ (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
+ // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
+ // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
+ // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
+ // template instantiation time.
+ Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
+ SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
+ } else if (!T) {
+ Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
+ diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
+ << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
+ if (isSFINAEContext())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
+ DestructedType = ObjectType;
+ } else
+ DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
+ } else {
+ // Resolve the template-id to a type.
+ TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
+ ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
+ TemplateId->NumArgs);
+ TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(S,
+ TemplateId->SS,
+ TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
+ TemplateId->Template,
+ TemplateId->Name,
+ TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
+ TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
+ TemplateArgsPtr,
+ TemplateId->RAngleLoc,
+ /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
+ if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
+ // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
+ DestructedType = ObjectType;
+ } else
+ DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
+ }
+
+ // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
+ // information.
+ if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
+ if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
+ DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
+ SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
+ Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
+ }
+
+ // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
+ TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
+ QualType ScopeType;
+ if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
+ FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
+ if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
+ ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
+ FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
+ S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup,
+ /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
+ if (!T) {
+ Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
+ diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
+ << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
+
+ if (isSFINAEContext())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
+ ScopeType = QualType();
+ } else
+ ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
+ } else {
+ // Resolve the template-id to a type.
+ TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
+ ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
+ TemplateId->NumArgs);
+ TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(S,
+ TemplateId->SS,
+ TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
+ TemplateId->Template,
+ TemplateId->Name,
+ TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
+ TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
+ TemplateArgsPtr,
+ TemplateId->RAngleLoc,
+ /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
+ if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
+ // Recover by dropping this type.
+ ScopeType = QualType();
+ } else
+ ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
+ ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
+ FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
+
+
+ return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
+ ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
+ Destructed);
+}
+
+ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
+ SourceLocation OpLoc,
+ tok::TokenKind OpKind,
+ SourceLocation TildeLoc,
+ const DeclSpec& DS) {
+ QualType ObjectType;
+ if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
+ false);
+
+ TypeLocBuilder TLB;
+ DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T);
+ DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
+ TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
+ PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo);
+
+ return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(),
+ nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
+ Destructed);
+}
+
+ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
+ CXXConversionDecl *Method,
+ bool HadMultipleCandidates) {
+ // Convert the expression to match the conversion function's implicit object
+ // parameter.
+ ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
+ FoundDecl, Method);
+ if (Exp.isInvalid())
+ return true;
+
+ if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() &&
+ Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
+ // This is a lambda conversion to block pointer; check if the argument
+ // was a LambdaExpr.
+ Expr *SubE = E;
+ CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE);
+ if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
+ SubE = CE->getSubExpr();
+ SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens();
+ if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE))
+ SubE = BE->getSubExpr();
+ if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) {
+ // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we
+ // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make
+ // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal
+ // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being
+ // autoreleased.
+ DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags);
+ PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
+ ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
+ ExprResult BlockExp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(
+ Exp.get()->getExprLoc(), Exp.get()->getExprLoc(), Method, Exp.get());
+ PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
+
+ if (BlockExp.isInvalid())
+ Diag(Exp.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv);
+ return BlockExp;
+ }
+ }
+
+ MemberExpr *ME =
+ BuildMemberExpr(Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(),
+ NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), Method,
+ DeclAccessPair::make(FoundDecl, FoundDecl->getAccess()),
+ HadMultipleCandidates, DeclarationNameInfo(),
+ Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
+
+ QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();
+ ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
+ ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
+
+ CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = CXXMemberCallExpr::Create(
+ Context, ME, /*Args=*/{}, ResultType, VK, Exp.get()->getEndLoc());
+
+ if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, CE,
+ Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ return CE;
+}
+
+ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
+ SourceLocation RParen) {
+ // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill-
+ // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used
+ // without arguments except in explicit contexts.
+ ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand);
+ if (R.isInvalid())
+ return R;
+
+ R = CheckUnevaluatedOperand(R.get());
+ if (R.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ Operand = R.get();
+
+ if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) {
+ // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression
+ // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
+ Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
+ }
+
+ CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand);
+ return new (Context)
+ CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen);
+}
+
+ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
+ Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
+ return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
+}
+
+static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) {
+ // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special,
+ // according to [expr]p10:
+ // The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the
+ // expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has
+ // one of the following forms:
+ E = E->IgnoreParens();
+
+ // - id-expression (5.1.1),
+ if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
+ return true;
+
+ // - subscripting (5.2.1),
+ if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E))
+ return true;
+
+ // - class member access (5.2.5),
+ if (isa<MemberExpr>(E))
+ return true;
+
+ // - indirection (5.3.1),
+ if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
+ if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
+ return true;
+
+ if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
+ // - pointer-to-member operation (5.5),
+ if (BO->isPtrMemOp())
+ return true;
+
+ // - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above.
+ if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
+ return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS());
+ }
+
+ // - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third
+ // operands are one of the above, or
+ if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E))
+ return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) &&
+ IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
+ // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x".
+ if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
+ dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
+ if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr()))
+ return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) &&
+ IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
+ }
+
+ // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule.
+ if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
+/// context that ignores the result.
+ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
+ if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) {
+ ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
+ if (result.isInvalid()) return E;
+ E = result.get();
+ }
+
+ // C99 6.3.2.1:
+ // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
+ // array type is converted to the value stored in the
+ // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
+ if (E->isRValue()) {
+ // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
+ // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
+ // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for
+ // some clients.
+ if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
+ return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
+
+ return E;
+ }
+
+ if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
+ // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression;
+ // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a
+ // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue
+ // conversion.
+ if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() &&
+ E->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
+ if (IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) {
+ ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
+ if (Res.isInvalid())
+ return E;
+ E = Res.get();
+ } else {
+ // Per C++2a [expr.ass]p5, a volatile assignment is not deprecated if
+ // it occurs as a discarded-value expression.
+ CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(E);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // C++1z:
+ // If the expression is a prvalue after this optional conversion, the
+ // temporary materialization conversion is applied.
+ //
+ // We skip this step: IR generation is able to synthesize the storage for
+ // itself in the aggregate case, and adding the extra node to the AST is
+ // just clutter.
+ // FIXME: We don't emit lifetime markers for the temporaries due to this.
+ // FIXME: Do any other AST consumers care about this?
+ return E;
+ }
+
+ // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
+ if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
+ if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
+ // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
+ E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get();
+ return E;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
+ if (Res.isInvalid())
+ return E;
+ E = Res.get();
+
+ if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
+ RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
+ diag::err_incomplete_type);
+ return E;
+}
+
+ExprResult Sema::CheckUnevaluatedOperand(Expr *E) {
+ // Per C++2a [expr.ass]p5, a volatile assignment is not deprecated if
+ // it occurs as an unevaluated operand.
+ CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(E);
+
+ return E;
+}
+
+// If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used
+// in a constant expression, return true.
+// - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then
+// we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression.
+// - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether
+// it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not
+// be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can
+// never be a constant expression.
+// - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and
+// identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor:
+// - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new
+// delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc...
+static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
+ ASTContext &Context) {
+ if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true;
+ const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
+
+ // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression.
+ if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true;
+ assert(DefVD);
+ if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false;
+ EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
+
+ Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
+
+ if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) {
+ // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts
+ // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the
+ // initializer is a potential constant expression.
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return !Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context);
+}
+
+/// Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
+/// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to
+/// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested
+/// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any
+/// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not
+/// need to be captured.
+
+static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(
+ Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) {
+
+ assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());
+ assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext());
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
+ while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC))
+ DC = DC->getParent();
+ assert(
+ CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC &&
+ "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext");
+#endif // NDEBUG
+
+ const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent();
+
+ // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested
+ // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an
+ // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context.
+ CurrentLSI->visitPotentialCaptures([&] (VarDecl *Var, Expr *VarExpr) {
+ // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full
+ // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not
+ // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures.
+ // For e.g.:
+ // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured.
+ // int test() {
+ // const int x = 10;
+ // auto L = [=](auto a) {
+ // (void) +x + a;
+ // };
+ // }
+ if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) &&
+ !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent)
+ return;
+
+ // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and
+ // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
+ if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
+ getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
+ S.FunctionScopes, Var, S))
+ S.MarkCaptureUsedInEnclosingContext(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(),
+ Index.getValue());
+ const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression =
+ VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context);
+ if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) {
+ // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable
+ // can not be used in a constant expression - which means
+ // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a
+ // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable.
+ // This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this
+ // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready.
+ QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType;
+ SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc();
+ if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
+ /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
+ /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType,
+ DeclRefType, nullptr)) {
+ // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need
+ // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it.
+ S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
+ /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
+ /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType,
+ DeclRefType, nullptr);
+ }
+ }
+ });
+
+ // Check if 'this' needs to be captured.
+ if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) {
+ // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture
+ // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
+ if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
+ getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
+ S.FunctionScopes, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
+ const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
+ S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation,
+ /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true,
+ &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression.
+ CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures();
+}
+
+static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef,
+ const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
+ const TypoCorrection &TC) {
+ LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(),
+ Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind());
+ const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS();
+ CXXScopeSpec NewSS;
+
+ // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr.
+ if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
+ NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange());
+ else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier())
+ NewSS = *SS;
+
+ if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) {
+ R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName());
+ R.addDecl(ND);
+ if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
+ // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult.
+ CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
+ if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
+ Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+ if (!Record)
+ Record =
+ dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
+ if (Record)
+ R.setNamingClass(Record);
+
+ // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit
+ // member.
+ bool MightBeImplicitMember;
+ if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand())
+ MightBeImplicitMember = true;
+ else if (!NewSS.isEmpty())
+ MightBeImplicitMember = false;
+ else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
+ MightBeImplicitMember = false;
+ else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
+ MightBeImplicitMember = true;
+ else
+ MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) ||
+ isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) ||
+ isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND);
+
+ if (MightBeImplicitMember)
+ return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
+ NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R,
+ /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr);
+ } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
+ return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(),
+ Ivar->getIdentifier());
+ }
+ }
+
+ return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false,
+ /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true);
+}
+
+namespace {
+class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> {
+ llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs;
+
+public:
+ explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs)
+ : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {}
+ bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) {
+ TypoExprs.insert(TE);
+ return true;
+ }
+};
+
+class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> {
+ typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform;
+
+ VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the
+ // process of being initialized.
+ llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter;
+ llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs;
+ llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache;
+ llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution;
+
+ /// Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
+ ///
+ /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should
+ /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest
+ /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection).
+ ///
+ /// If we've failed to correct due to ambiguous corrections, we need to
+ /// be sure to pass empty corrections and replacements. Otherwise it's
+ /// possible that the Consumer has a TypoCorrection that failed to ambiguity
+ /// and we don't want to report those diagnostics.
+ void EmitAllDiagnostics(bool IsAmbiguous) {
+ for (TypoExpr *TE : TypoExprs) {
+ auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
+ if (State.DiagHandler) {
+ TypoCorrection TC = IsAmbiguous
+ ? TypoCorrection() : State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection();
+ ExprResult Replacement = IsAmbiguous ? ExprError() : TransformCache[TE];
+
+ // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the
+ // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right
+ // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload
+ // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that
+ // had been stored in the TypoCorrection.
+ if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr(
+ Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get()))
+ TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
+
+ State.DiagHandler(TC);
+ }
+ SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /// If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a
+ /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against
+ /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing
+ /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second
+ /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted,
+ /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a
+ /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the
+ /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations
+ /// of corrections.
+ bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() {
+ for (auto TE : TypoExprs) {
+ auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
+ TransformCache.erase(TE);
+ if (!State.Consumer->finished())
+ return true;
+ State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
+ }
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
+ if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
+ E = OverloadResolution[OE];
+
+ if (!E)
+ return nullptr;
+ if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
+ return DRE->getFoundDecl();
+ if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
+ return ME->getFoundDecl();
+ // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo
+ // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could
+ // contain multiple decls.
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) {
+ Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
+ ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E);
+ if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ return ExprFilter(Res.get());
+ }
+
+ // Since correcting typos may intoduce new TypoExprs, this function
+ // checks for new TypoExprs and recurses if it finds any. Note that it will
+ // only succeed if it is able to correct all typos in the given expression.
+ ExprResult CheckForRecursiveTypos(ExprResult Res, bool &IsAmbiguous) {
+ if (Res.isInvalid()) {
+ return Res;
+ }
+ // Check to see if any new TypoExprs were created. If so, we need to recurse
+ // to check their validity.
+ Expr *FixedExpr = Res.get();
+
+ auto SavedTypoExprs = std::move(TypoExprs);
+ auto SavedAmbiguousTypoExprs = std::move(AmbiguousTypoExprs);
+ TypoExprs.clear();
+ AmbiguousTypoExprs.clear();
+
+ FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(FixedExpr);
+ if (!TypoExprs.empty()) {
+ // Recurse to handle newly created TypoExprs. If we're not able to
+ // handle them, discard these TypoExprs.
+ ExprResult RecurResult =
+ RecursiveTransformLoop(FixedExpr, IsAmbiguous);
+ if (RecurResult.isInvalid()) {
+ Res = ExprError();
+ // Recursive corrections didn't work, wipe them away and don't add
+ // them to the TypoExprs set. Remove them from Sema's TypoExpr list
+ // since we don't want to clear them twice. Note: it's possible the
+ // TypoExprs were created recursively and thus won't be in our
+ // Sema's TypoExprs - they were created in our `RecursiveTransformLoop`.
+ auto &SemaTypoExprs = SemaRef.TypoExprs;
+ for (auto TE : TypoExprs) {
+ TransformCache.erase(TE);
+ SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
+
+ auto SI = find(SemaTypoExprs, TE);
+ if (SI != SemaTypoExprs.end()) {
+ SemaTypoExprs.erase(SI);
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ // TypoExpr is valid: add newly created TypoExprs since we were
+ // able to correct them.
+ Res = RecurResult;
+ SavedTypoExprs.set_union(TypoExprs);
+ }
+ }
+
+ TypoExprs = std::move(SavedTypoExprs);
+ AmbiguousTypoExprs = std::move(SavedAmbiguousTypoExprs);
+
+ return Res;
+ }
+
+ // Try to transform the given expression, looping through the correction
+ // candidates with `CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams`.
+ //
+ // If valid ambiguous typo corrections are seen, `IsAmbiguous` is set to
+ // true and this method immediately will return an `ExprError`.
+ ExprResult RecursiveTransformLoop(Expr *E, bool &IsAmbiguous) {
+ ExprResult Res;
+ auto SavedTypoExprs = std::move(SemaRef.TypoExprs);
+ SemaRef.TypoExprs.clear();
+
+ while (true) {
+ Res = CheckForRecursiveTypos(TryTransform(E), IsAmbiguous);
+
+ // Recursion encountered an ambiguous correction. This means that our
+ // correction itself is ambiguous, so stop now.
+ if (IsAmbiguous)
+ break;
+
+ // If the transform is still valid after checking for any new typos,
+ // it's good to go.
+ if (!Res.isInvalid())
+ break;
+
+ // The transform was invalid, see if we have any TypoExprs with untried
+ // correction candidates.
+ if (!CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams())
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // If we found a valid result, double check to make sure it's not ambiguous.
+ if (!IsAmbiguous && !Res.isInvalid() && !AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) {
+ auto SavedTransformCache = std::move(TransformCache);
+ TransformCache.clear();
+ // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates
+ // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters.
+ while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) {
+ auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back();
+
+ // TryTransform itself can create new Typos, adding them to the TypoExpr map
+ // and invalidating our TypoExprState, so always fetch it instead of storing.
+ SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE).Consumer->saveCurrentPosition();
+
+ TypoCorrection TC = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE).Consumer->peekNextCorrection();
+ TypoCorrection Next;
+ do {
+ // Fetch the next correction by erasing the typo from the cache and calling
+ // `TryTransform` which will iterate through corrections in
+ // `TransformTypoExpr`.
+ TransformCache.erase(TE);
+ ExprResult AmbigRes = CheckForRecursiveTypos(TryTransform(E), IsAmbiguous);
+
+ if (!AmbigRes.isInvalid() || IsAmbiguous) {
+ SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE).Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
+ SavedTransformCache.erase(TE);
+ Res = ExprError();
+ IsAmbiguous = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ } while ((Next = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE).Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) &&
+ Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false));
+
+ if (IsAmbiguous)
+ break;
+
+ AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE);
+ SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE).Consumer->restoreSavedPosition();
+ }
+ TransformCache = std::move(SavedTransformCache);
+ }
+
+ // Wipe away any newly created TypoExprs that we don't know about. Since we
+ // clear any invalid TypoExprs in `CheckForRecursiveTypos`, this is only
+ // possible if a `TypoExpr` is created during a transformation but then
+ // fails before we can discover it.
+ auto &SemaTypoExprs = SemaRef.TypoExprs;
+ for (auto Iterator = SemaTypoExprs.begin(); Iterator != SemaTypoExprs.end();) {
+ auto TE = *Iterator;
+ auto FI = find(TypoExprs, TE);
+ if (FI != TypoExprs.end()) {
+ Iterator++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
+ Iterator = SemaTypoExprs.erase(Iterator);
+ }
+ SemaRef.TypoExprs = std::move(SavedTypoExprs);
+
+ return Res;
+ }
+
+public:
+ TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter)
+ : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {}
+
+ ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
+ MultiExprArg Args,
+ SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+ Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) {
+ auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args,
+ RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
+ if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) {
+ if (Result.isUsable()) {
+ Expr *ResultCall = Result.get();
+ if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall))
+ ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr();
+ if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall))
+ OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee();
+ }
+ }
+ return Result;
+ }
+
+ ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
+
+ ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
+
+ ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) {
+ bool IsAmbiguous = false;
+ ExprResult Res = RecursiveTransformLoop(E, IsAmbiguous);
+
+ if (!Res.isUsable())
+ FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E);
+
+ EmitAllDiagnostics(IsAmbiguous);
+
+ return Res;
+ }
+
+ ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) {
+ // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the
+ // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the
+ // first one that was encountered.
+ auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E];
+ if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) {
+ return CacheEntry;
+ }
+
+ auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E);
+ assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr");
+
+ // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely
+ // typo correction and return it.
+ while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) {
+ if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl)
+ continue;
+ // FIXME: If we would typo-correct to an invalid declaration, it's
+ // probably best to just suppress all errors from this typo correction.
+ ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ?
+ State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) :
+ attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC);
+ if (!NE.isInvalid()) {
+ // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same
+ // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous
+ // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later.
+ TypoCorrection Next;
+ if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) &&
+ Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) {
+ AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E);
+ } else {
+ AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E);
+ }
+ assert(!NE.isUnset() &&
+ "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult");
+ return CacheEntry = NE;
+ }
+ }
+ return CacheEntry = ExprError();
+ }
+};
+}
+
+ExprResult
+Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl,
+ llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
+ // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos
+ // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to
+ // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression.
+ if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos &&
+ (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() ||
+ E->isInstantiationDependent())) {
+ auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size();
+ auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E);
+ TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size();
+ if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) {
+ ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved;
+ return Result;
+ }
+ assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?");
+ }
+ return E;
+}
+
+ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC,
+ bool DiscardedValue,
+ bool IsConstexpr) {
+ ExprResult FullExpr = FE;
+
+ if (!FullExpr.get())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
+ return ExprError();
+
+ if (DiscardedValue) {
+ // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
+ if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
+ FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
+ FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType());
+ if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+ }
+
+ FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get());
+ if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get());
+ if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(FullExpr.get());
+ }
+
+ FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get());
+ if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
+ return ExprError();
+
+ CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr);
+
+ // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested
+ // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda,
+ // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it.
+ // Consider the following code:
+ // void f(int, int);
+ // void f(const int&, double);
+ // void foo() {
+ // const int x = 10, y = 20;
+ // auto L = [=](auto a) {
+ // auto M = [=](auto b) {
+ // f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M
+ // f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms
+ // };
+ // };
+ // }
+
+ // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves
+ // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:
+ // void f() {
+ // const int n = 0;
+ // auto L = [&](auto a) {
+ // +n + ({ 0; a; });
+ // };
+ // }
+ //
+ // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't
+ // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures),
+ // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late
+ // for us to see that we need to capture n after all.
+
+ LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI =
+ getCurLambda(/*IgnoreCapturedRegions=*/true);
+ // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer
+ // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report
+ // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.
+ // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator
+ // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture
+ // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that
+ // PR, a proper fix would entail :
+ // "Alternative suggestion:
+ // - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope
+ // index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to
+ // FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's
+ // constructor/destructor.
+ // - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to
+ // stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope."
+ DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
+ while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC))
+ DC = DC->getParent();
+ const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(DC);
+ if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI &&
+ CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid())
+ CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI,
+ *this);
+ return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
+}
+
+StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
+ if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
+
+ return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
+}
+
+Sema::IfExistsResult
+Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
+ CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+ const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) {
+ DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
+ if (!TargetName)
+ return IER_DoesNotExist;
+
+ // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent.
+ if (TargetName.isDependentName())
+ return IER_Dependent;
+
+ // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
+ LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
+ Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
+ LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
+ R.suppressDiagnostics();
+
+ switch (R.getResultKind()) {
+ case LookupResult::Found:
+ case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
+ case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
+ case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
+ return IER_Exists;
+
+ case LookupResult::NotFound:
+ return IER_DoesNotExist;
+
+ case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
+ return IER_Dependent;
+ }
+
+ llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!");
+}
+
+Sema::IfExistsResult
+Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
+ bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+ UnqualifiedId &Name) {
+ DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
+
+ // Check for an unexpanded parameter pack.
+ auto UPPC = IsIfExists ? UPPC_IfExists : UPPC_IfNotExists;
+ if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SS, UPPC) ||
+ DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TargetNameInfo, UPPC))
+ return IER_Error;
+
+ return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo);
+}